Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • 2015-2019  (208)
  • 1970-1974
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (208)
Datasource
Material
Language
Years
Year
  • 1
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (192 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Also issued as:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788111753 , 9781788111751
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 216 pages)
    Uniform Title: Elgaronline: Social and Political Science Collection 2019
    DDC: 306.2
    Keywords: Political culture ; Political sociology ; Sociologie politique ; Political culture ; Political sociology
    Abstract: "This insightful book develops a new theoretical account of governance as regimes of governing practices that shape the political ordering of social relations. This account develops insights from sociology, politics and political economy and is 'post'-poststructuralist in scope. Chapters explore and synthesise three key features of governing that are often treated as contradictory: the historical contingency of statehood, the structured and unequal distribution of power and authority in governing, and the transformative possibilities of political action. This book proposes an innovative approach to governance analysis as a critical mode of empirical enquiry that is systematic, contextualised and holistic. In doing so, it also provides a new analytical framework to facilitate empirical investigation. Featuring tools of situated critique and analytical contextualisation, and with case study chapters that apply this framework in a range of empirical settings, this book is vital reading for all researchers of public policy and governance. Furthermore, researchers applying state theories to empirical investigation, and postgraduate students scrutinising complex governance settings, will also benefit from this book's theoretical account, analytical framework and case examples".
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Ontology, theory, epistemology -- 1. Introduction to governance analysis: critical enquiry at the intersection of politics, policy and society / Emma Carmel -- 2. Regimes of governing practices, socio-political order and contestation / Emma Carmel -- 3. Governance analysis: epistemological orientations and analytical framework / Emma Carmel -- Part II: Governing practices, statehoods and social inequalities -- 4. Governing skills, governing workplaces: explaining the new labour skills strategy for England / Hannah Durrant -- 5. The political ordering of migrant workers through labour admission policies / Regine Paul -- 6. Understanding the complexity and implications of the English care policy system / Fiona Morgan -- 7. Understanding the state-third sector relationship in public services delivery / Jenny Harlock -- Part III: Governing practices, social politics and contestation -- 8. Participatory governing through co-production and co-design / Michelle Farr -- 9. Participatory governing at the margins of the state / Sarah Morgan-Trimmer -- 10. Governing, politics and policy contestation within European networks / Hester Kan -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116237
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 349 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on intervention and statebuilding
    DDC: 327.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intervention (International law) ; Nation-building ; Intervention ; Nationenbildung ; Intervention ; Konfliktregelung ; Internationaler Konflikt ; Internationale Politik ; Internationale Organisation ; Problemlösen ; Fähigkeit ; Failed State ; Begrenzte Staatlichkeit ; Institutionalisierung ; Handbuch ; Nation-building ; Intervention (International law) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Intervention ; State building
    Abstract: "This innovative Handbook offers a new perspective on the cutting-edge conceptual advances that have shaped - and continue to shape - the field of intervention and statebuilding. Bringing together leading global scholars, the Handbook on Intervention and Statebuilding offers a cross-cutting perspective on a wide array of themes. Chapters cover democracy promotion, transitional justice and humanitarianism, as well as the involvement of drones and cyber technology in conflicts. Employing state-of-the-art perspectives on the most crucial themes, this Handbook explores issues at the heart of contemporary statebuilding. This Handbook will be critical reading for researchers at all levels in the broad field of international relations and peace and conflict studies. Upper-level students of political science will also benefit from the breadth of topics covered"--
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the handbook on intervention and statebuilding: Moving beyond the current orthodoxy / Nicolas Lemay-Hébert -- 2. Intervention and statebuilding beyond the human / David Chandler -- 3. Knowledge, expertise and the politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Roland Kostić -- 4. Post-conflict reconstruction, the local, and the indigenous / Elisa Randazzo -- 5. Data in the context of intervention and statebuilding / Isabel Rocha de Siqueira -- 6. The ambiguity of statebuilding / Florian P. Kühn -- 7. International statebuilding interventions and the politics of scale / Shahar Hameiri and Fabio Scarpello -- 8. Intervening in a diverse world: Revisiting the 'problem' of difference in international statebuilding / Pol Bargués-Pedreny and Xavier Mathieu -- 9. Decolonial 'interventions'? Potentials and challenges of decolonial perspectives / Philipp Lottholz -- 10. Democracy promotion and statebuilding / Sonja Grimm -- 11. Post-conflict statebuilding as contentious politics / Outi Donovan -- 12. State formation in the context of hybrid political orders / Volker Boege -- 13. The everyday politics of international intervention / Janosch Neil Kullenberg -- 14. Non-state actors, service delivery and statebuilding / Claire Mcloughlin -- 15. Clear, hold, build ... A 'local' state: Counterinsurgency and territorial orders in somalia / Louise Wiuff Moe -- 16. International political sociology of interventions / Médéric Martin-Mazé -- 17. From international justice and statebuilding to international justice as statebuilding / Sara Dezalay -- 18. Mapping the nexus of transitional justice and peacebuilding / Catherine Baker and Jelena Obradovic-Wochnik -- 19. Civilian protection in the context of interventions / Cecilia Jacob -- 20. The spatial dimensions of statebuilding / Annika Björkdahl and Stefanie Kappler -- 21. The temporal dimension in the study of interventions / Róisín Read and Roger Mac Ginty -- 22. Statebuilding and narrative / Josefin Graef and Raquel da Silva -- 23. Myths and the international politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Catherine Goetze -- 24. Cyber security: States, development and intervention / Kristan Stoddart -- 25. The plain drone, the armed drone and human security / Astri Suhrke -- 26. New forms of intervention: The case of humanitarian refugee biometrics / Katja Lindskov Jacobsen -- 27. Transnational environmental crime: From securitization to intervention and statebuilding / Lorraine Elliott -- 28. The aid bunker: Security risk management in conflict zones / Florian Weigand -- 29. From gendered war to gendered peace? Feminist perspectives on international intervention in sites of conflict / Maria O'Reilly -- 30. Romanticising the locals and the externals? Identifying challenges to a gendered ssr / Nina Wilén -- 31. The political economy of gender and peacebuilding / Yasmin Chilmeran and Jacqui True -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784715465
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on leadership and creativity
    DDC: 303.3/4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Leadership Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Führungskraft ; Kreativität ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Leading for creativity: functions, models, and domains / Michael D. Mumford, Sven Hemlin, and Tyler J. Mulhearn -- Functions -- 2. Leader planning skills and creative performance: integrating past, present, and future / Michael D. Mumford, Logan M. Steele, Tyler J. Mulhearn, Tristan McIntosh, and Logan L. Watts -- 3. Creativity, complexity, and organizational learning: implications for leadership and governance / Robert K. Kazanjian -- 4. How can we advise Achilles? A rehabilitation of the concept of the champion for leadership / Steven E. Markham and Janice Witt Smith -- 5. Leader idea evaluation and follower creativity: challenges, constraints, and capabilities / Logan L. Watts, Tyler J. Mulhearn, E. Michelle Todd, and Michael D. Mumford / 6. Intrinsic motivation and creativity: opening up a black box / Logan M. Steele, Tristan McIntosh, and Cory Higgs -- 7. Leadership's role in creative climate creation / Scott G. Isaksen -- 8. Leading for creativity: how leaders manage creative teams / Roni Reiter-Palmon and Ryan P. Royston -- 9. The social footprint of champions and promoters as creative leaders in innovating and executing / Jan Kratzer and Ingo Michelfelder -- Models -- 10. Leader structure and consideration for innovation / Gina Scott Ligon and Douglas C. Derrick -- 11. Do leaders matter in the long run? A longitudinal study of the importance of LMX and LMX balance for followers' creative performance in research groups / Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- 12. Transformational leadership and follower creativity: a review of underlying mechanism and boundary conditions / Kathrin Rosing -- 13. Relational leadership and creativity: the effects of respectful engagement and caring on meaningfulness and creative work involvement / John Paul Stevens and Abraham Carmeli -- 14. Collective leadership as a facilitator of innovation / Tamara L. Friedrich and Mingdong (Pauline) Zhong -- 15. All roads lead to Rome: navigating the creative process using the CIP model of leadership / Jeffrey B. Lovelace, Brett H. Neely, Bradley S. Jayne, and Samuel T. Hunter -- 16. Creativity in organizations: the intersectionality of roles, levels of analysis, and types of creativity / Kimberly S. Jaussi -- Domains -- 17. Creative leadership among executives and managers / Gerard Puccio, Marie Mance, and Selcuk Acar -- 18. Leadership and creativity in business / Daan van Knippenberg -- 19. Leadership and creativity capacity in military contexts / Shane Connelly and Stephen J. Zaccaro -- 20. Academic leadership: embracing uncertainty and diversity by building communication and trust / Li Bennich-Björkman -- 21. Creative leadership in the marketing arena / Jeffrey B. Schmidt and Logan L. Watts -- 22. Aesthetic leadership in the arts / Arja Ropo, Donatella De Paoli and Ralph Bathurst -- 23. Creativity stimulating leadership in R&D groups / Sven Hemlin and Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- Index
    Abstract: The rapid pace of technological change and globalization of products, competition and services have conspired to place a new premium on innovation for firms across the world. Although many variables influence creativity and innovation, the effective leadership of creative teams has proved especially important. This timely Handbook presents the state of the art for what leaders must do to lead creative teams and how they should do it. Handbook of Research on Leadership and Creativity is divided into three major sections. The first section on leadership functions identifies key activities that must be executed by leaders if creative efforts are to prove successful. The next section explains creative leadership using available theoretical models, examining the effects of leader behaviors on follower creativity. The final section investigates specific domains where organizations seek creativity. It covers the creative domains of research and development as well as military and academia, which have not traditionally been viewed as domains where creative leadership is critical. This comprehensive Handbook makes a significant contribution to the literature on creativity and innovation and will be welcomed as an accessible yet authoritative text by students, teachers and researchers alike
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9781783475520
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capturing the innovation opportunity space
    DDC: 658.4/063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Geschäftsmodell ; Social Web ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Innovation ; Kunde ; Kooperation ; Geschäftsmodell
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The new frontier of innovation -- 2. Innovation pioneers - the essential role of users, on-line user communities and the crowd -- 3. Exploring the changing landscape of Innovation: the rise of users, on-line communities and the crowd -- 4. Mapping the new world of innovation - the innovation opportunity space -- 5. Defending territory - changing forms of intellectual protection -- 6. New frontier business models - creating value through innovation -- 7. Emerging business models in settled contexts -- 8. Emerging business models in frontier contexts -- 9. Capturing the innovation opportunity space -- Index
    Abstract: Innovation is changing and this exciting book explores how the shift to more collaborative ways of working with users, online communities and the crowd opens up novel business possibilities. The Innovation Opportunity Space approach enables managers, policymakers and academics to better understand emerging new business opportunities. Drawing on the findings of the latest international research, this book provides a systematic and clear understanding of the radical business models that new forms of innovation are making possible. The authors offer a wide range of examples and case studies that explore how firms have benefited from these new forms of innovation. A novel approach to innovation planning and strategy is also introduced, and the book concludes with a four-stage process that shows how firms can work to capture their own Innovation Opportunity Space. Defining the state of the art in the field, this will be an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers of business organisation and innovation
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    ISBN: 9781783472666
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Exploring the entrepreneurial society
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Institutionenökonomik ; Gesellschaft ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Entrepreneurship and formal and informal institutions -- 1. Understanding the drivers of an 'entrepreneurial' economy: Lessons from Japan and the Netherlands / Hiroyuki Okamuro, André van Stel and Ingrid Verheul -- 2. Hofstede's cultural dimensions and modes of entry into entrepreneurship / Joern H. Block and Sascha G. Walter -- 3. Entrepreneurs using regulation as a source of opportunity: a study combining quantitative and qualitative approaches / Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 4. Determinants of high-growth firms: why do some countries have more high-growth firms than others? / Mercedes Teruel and Gerrit de Wit -- 5. Institutions, entrepreneurship, and regional growth in Indonesia (1994-2010) / François Facchini and Subandono -- 6. Sub-national market-supporting institutions and export behaviors / Ngo Vi Dung and Frank Janssen -- Part II: Entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success -- 7. Are French industrial establishments equally sensitive to the local atmosphere? An analysis resting upon a panel of manufacturing plants over the period 2003-2010 / Nadine Levratto, Denis Carré and Luc Tessier -- 8. Labor market and successful entrepreneurship / Jean Bonnet and Nicolas Le Pape -- 9. The relationship between knowledge management and innovation level in Mexican SMEs: empirical evidence / Gonzalo Maldonado Guzman, Maria del Carmen Martinez Serna and Domingo García Perez de Lema -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behaviors -- 10. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition and exploitation in academic spin-offs / Ugo Rizzo -- 11. Firm location choice in the new economy: exploring the role of entrepreneurial work-lifestyles of neighbourhood entrepreneurs in the business location decision / Anne Risselada and Veronique Schutjens -- 12. How to explain gender differences in self-employment ratios. Towards a socioeconomic approach / Dieter Bögenhold and Uwe Fachinger -- Part IV: Entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises -- 13. Entrepreneurship and Schumpeterian growth / Paolo E. Giordani -- 14. Venture capital contracts and the institutional theory: differences between public and private Spanish venture capital firms / Ma Camino Ramón-Llorens and Ginés Hernández-Cánovas -- 15. Exploring SME's strategic response to the financial and economic crisis: empirical evidence from Catalonia. / Eleni Papaoikonomou, Xiaoni Li and Pere Segarra -- 16. Does the financial crisis make SMEs reluctant to ask for finance in Luxembourg? / Serge Allegrezza, Leila Ben Aoun-Peltier, Anne Dubrocard and Solène Larue -- Part V: Entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes -- 17. Self-employment and independent professionals: labour market transitions and myths of entrepreneurship / Dieter Bögenhold, Jarna Heinonen and Elisa Akola -- 18. How distinct social entrepreneurship is from commercial entrepreneurship? / Alicia Rubio Bañon, Antonio Aragón Sánchez and Nuria Esteban-Lloret -- 19. Self-employed people and pension. Is old age poverty the inevitable dark side of an entrepreneurial society? / Uwe Fachinger and Anna Frankus -- Index
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is the engine of economic development, which in turn impacts the challenges facing future entrepreneurs. Understanding the development of a vivid entrepreneurial society requires attention to several interacting factors, as well as expected transversal policies provided by ministries and administrations as a whole. This timely book explores institutional, behavioral and policy issues of primary importance to seizing the entrepreneurial society. Exploring the Entrepreneurial Society collects original work from renowned scholars involved in entrepreneurship research, with theoretical and empirical contributions anchored in economics, management and sociology. The chapters are structured in five distinct parts: entrepreneurship in relation to formal and informal institutions; entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success; entrepreneurial behaviors; entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises; and entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes. By examining themes at the forefront of research interest, this book will appeal to scholars, as well as MA and PhD students, in entrepreneurship, business administration and economics. Policy makers will also be able to apply the results in a more practical context
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785367649
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating resilient economies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Coping-Strategie ; Regionalentwicklung ; Industrie ; Welt ; Financial crises Prevention ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- Part I : The resilience of entrepreneurs, industrial sectors and cities -- 2. Strategies for resilience in entrepreneurship: building resources for small business survival after a crisis / Rachel Doern -- 3. The resilience of entrepreneurs and small business in the depths of a recessionary crisis / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- 4. Vulnerability and adaptability: Post-crisis resilience of SMEs in Denmark / Christian Kjær Monsson -- 5. Resilience, adaptation and survival in industry sectors: Remaking and remodelling of the automotive sector / Gill Bentley, David Bailey and Daniel Braithwaite -- 6. The evolution of economic resilience in cities: Re-invention versus replication / James Simmie -- 7. Path dependency, entrepreneurship, and economic resilience in resource-driven economies. Lessons from the Newfoundland offshore oil industry, Canada / Cédric Brunelle and Ben Spigel -- 8. Resilient regions and open innovation: the evolution of smart cities and civic entrepreneurship / Jennifer Clark -- Part II: The resilience of local and regional economies -- 9. Governance, civic leadership and resilience / Chay Brooks -- 10. Entrepreneurship, culture and resilience: the determinants of local development in uncertain times / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 11. The resilience of growth strategies / Lee Pugalis, Nick Gray and Alan Townsend -- 12. Local economic resilience in Italy / Paolo Di Caro -- 13. Evolutionary perspectives on economic resilience in regional development / Emil Evenhuis and Stuart Dawley -- 14. Regional resilience: the critique revisited / Huiwen Gong and Robert Hassink -- 15. Final thoughts and reflections -- Index
    Abstract: Economic resilience is an emergent field in the social sciences. In this timely book, key scholars examine how individuals, organisations, regions and nations are affected by internal and external crises, and consider how the ways in which they respond will determine their future growth path. Providing a coherent and clear narrative, Creating Resilient Economies offers a theoretical analysis of resilience and provides guidance to policymakers with regards to fostering more resilient economies and people. It adeptly illustrates how resilience thinking can offer the opportunity to re-frame economic development policy and practice and provides a clear evidence base of the cultural, economic, political and social conditions that shape the adaptability, flexibility and responsiveness to crises in their many forms. Academics and scholars across the social sciences will find this book an enlightening gateway into the subject of economic resilience. Its eminently practical approach will also benefit government policy makers interested in how localities, regions and nations can respond more effectively to crises
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716349
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p) , cm
    Series Statement: International law series 11
    Keywords: Human territoriality ; International law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jean Gottmann (1973), 'The people and their territory: the partitioning of the world', in The significance of territory, Chapter 1, Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1-15 -- M.N. Shaw (1982), 'Territory in international law', Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 13, December, 61-91 -- Miles Kahler (2006), 'Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization', in Miles Kahler and Barbara F. Walter (eds), Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1-21, references -- Marcelo G. Kohen and Mamadou Hébié (2012), 'Territory, acquisition', in Rüdiger Wolfrum (ed.), The Max Planck Encyclopedia of Public International Law, vol. IX, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 887-900 -- A.L.W. Munkman (1972-73), 'Adjudication and adjustment - international judicial decision and the settlement of territorial boundary disputes', British Yearbook of International Law, 46, 1-116 -- Friedrich August Freiherr von der Heydte (1935), 'Discovery, symbolic annexation and virtual effectiveness in international law', American Journal of International Law, 29 (3), July, 448-71 -- Philip C. Jessup (1928), 'The Palmas Island arbitration', American Journal of International Law, 22 (4), October, 735-52 -- Marcelo Kohen (2013), 'Original title in the light of the ICJ judgment on sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge', Journal of the History of International Law, 15 (2), 151-71 -- D.H.N. Johnson (1950), 'Acquisitive prescription in international law', British Yearbook of International Law, 27, 332-54 -- Georg Schwarzenberger (1957), 'Title to territory: response to a challenge', American Journal of International Law, 51 (2), April, 308-24 -- Roger O'Keefe (2011), 'Legal title versus Effectivies : prescription and the promise and problems of private law analogies', International community law review -- W. Lakhtine (1930), 'Rights over the Arctic', American Journal of International Law, 24 (4), October, 703-17 -- Benedetto Conforti (1986), 'Territorial claims in antarctica: a modern way to deal with an old problem', Cornell International Law Journal, 19, 249-58 -- Hans Kelsen (1956), 'Contiguity as a title to territorial sovereignty', in Walter Schätzel and Hans-Jürgen Schlochauer (eds), Rechtsfragen der Internationalen Organisation: Festschrift für Hans Wehberg zu seinem 70. Geburstag, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany: Vittorio Klostermann, 200-210 -- Ian Brownlie (2002), 'Boundary problems and the formation of new states', in David Freestone, Surya Subedi and Scott Davidson (eds), Contemporary issues in international law: a collection of the Josephine Onoh Memorial Lectures, The Netherlands, Holland and Boston, MA: Kluwer Law International, 185-95 -- Santiago Torres Bernárdez (1994), 'The "Uti Possidetis Juris Principle" in historical perspective', in Konrad Ginther, Gerhard Hafner, Winfried Lang, Hanspeter Neuhold and Lilly Sucharipa-Behrmann and Karl Zemanek (eds), Völkerrecht zwischen normativen Anspruch und politischer Realität: Festschrift für Karl Zemanek zum 65. Geburtstag, Berlin, Germany: Duncker and Humblot, 417-37 -- Steven R. Ratner (1996), 'Drawing a better line: UTI possidetis and the borders of new states', American Journal of International Law, 90 (4), October, 590-624 -- Kaiyan Homi Kaikobad (1983), 'Some observations on the doctrine of continuity and finality of boundaries', British Yearbook of International Law, 54 (1), 119-41 -- S.K.N. Blay (1986), 'Self-determination versus territorial integrity in decolonization', New York University Journal of International Law and Politics, 18, 441-72
    Abstract: Katherine Del Mar (2013), 'The myth of remedial secession', in Duncan French (ed.), Statehood and self-determination: reconciling tradition and modernity in international law, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 79-108 -- Marcelo Kohen and Mara Tignino (2013), 'Do peoples have rights in boundaries' delimitations?', in Laurence Boisson de Chazournes, Christina Leb and Mara Tignino (eds), International law and freshwater: the multiples challenges, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 95-122 -- Adam Roberts (1984), 'What is military occupation?', British Yearbook of International Law, 55 (1), 249-305 -- Yehuda Z. Blum (1968), 'The missing reversioner: reflections on the status of Judea and Samaria', Israel Law Review, 3 (2), 279-301 -- Marcelo G. Kohen (2000), 'Is the notion of territorial sovereignty obsolete?', in Martin Pratt and Janet Allison-Brown (eds), Borderlands under stress, Chapter 3, Dordrecht, Germany: Kluwer Law International, 35-47 -- [13].
    Abstract: This timely research review discusses key articles dealing with the importance of territory for international law in its relationship with power, state building and globalization. The collection also analyses the evolution and scope of the law of acquisition of territory from colonial times until today, the emergence of new areas for the territorial expansion of states and border delimitation rules. Finally, the review investigates the impact of the human dimension in the way international law addresses territorial issues, particularly the individual and collective human rights, including indigenous peoples and the right to self-determination
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781783476299
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 pages)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Freeman, Gary P Handbook on migration and social policy
    DDC: 304.8
    Keywords: Social policy ; Emigration and immigration
    Abstract: In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary state policies affecting migrants and migration. A clutch of chapters investigates the linkage between migration and trade theory, foreign direct investment, globalization, public opinion, public education and welfare programs. Chapters then deal with leading receiving states as well as India and the authors examine the regulation of migration at the subnational, national, regional and global levels. The topic of migration and security is also covered. This compelling and exhaustive review of existing scholarship and state-of -the-art original empirical analysis is essential reading for graduates and academics researching the field. In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary s ...
    Abstract: Pt. I. New analytical perspectives -- pt. II. The political economy of migration -- pt. III. Trade offs between immigration and social policy -- pt. IV. Opposition to immigration, security and the limits to free movement in the European union -- pt. V. Diversity, social cohesion and support for the welfare state -- pt. VI. Migrant integration and social policy -- pt. VII. Immigrant rights vs. immigration politics
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782546368
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 387 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of contemporary research on emerging markets
    DDC: 330.9172/4
    RVK:
    Keywords: Volkswirtschaft ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Branchenentwicklung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Schwellenländer ; Markets Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Commerce ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Extending theoretical and conceptual thinking about emerging markets -- pt. II. Operational practices in emerging markets and their implications -- pt. III. Looking forward : eclectic perspectives on emerging markets.
    Abstract: The Handbook brings together leading scholars in international business as well as other disciplines to contribute state-of-the-art thinking on emerging markets. The volume extends theoretical and conceptual thinking, looks at operational practices and their implications and provides a research agenda to move the field forward. Contributors include a mix of new and established authors from around the world, for a diverse and current set of scholarly perspectives on emerging markets. Combining academic and operationally focused chapters, they offer a multifaceted, in-depth look at specific geographies and functional areas to enrich our understanding of emerging markets. This energetic and varied look at a burgeoning field will be an invaluable resource for academics and for students at the post-doctoral, PhD and MBA levels
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784711153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on employee turnover
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor turnover ; Personnel management Methodology ; Employee turnover ; Organizational turnover ; Fluktuation
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Cary Cooper and George Saridakis -- 2. Employee turnover / Harald Dale-Olsen -- 3. Understanding and measuring employee turnover / Kevin Morrell -- 4. Two decades of employee retention, tenure and turnover / Peter Urwin and Emma Parry -- 5. Analysing, monitoring and costing labour turnover / Stephen Bevan -- 6. Employee turnover as a cost factor of organisations / Anne-Marie Mohammed, Yanqing Lai, Maria Daskalaki and George Saridakis -- 7. Inter- and intra-firm mobility of workers / Tor Eriksson -- 8. Perception of training and turnover intention / Choi Sang Long and Mikkay Wong El Leen -- 9. Compensation policy and employee turnover / Stephen Taylor -- 10. Turnover amongst Generation Y / Linda Holbeche -- 11. A role perspective on turnover intentions: examining behavioral predictors / Jui-Tang Kao and Wan-Jing April Chang -- 12. A diagnostic methodology for discovering the reasons for employee turnover using shocks and events / Justin Purl, Kathleen Hall and Rodger W. Griffeth -- 13. Quit turnover and the business cycle: a survey / Carlos Carrillo-Tudela and Melvyn Coles -- 14. Employment, turnover and career progress / Priscila Ferreira -- 15. Employee turnover and the expansion and contraction of employers / Mario Bossler and Richard Upward -- 16. High performance human resource practices and voluntary employee turnover / Inmaculada Beltrán Martín.
    Abstract: Covering the period of the financial crisis, this Research Handbook discusses the degree of importance of different driving forces on employee turnover. The discussions contribute to policy agendas on productivity, firm performance and economic growth. The contributors provide a selection of theoretical and empirical research papers that deal with aspects of employee turnover, as well as its effects on workers and firms within the current socio-economic environment. It draws on theories and evidence from economics, management, social sciences and other related disciplines. With its interdisciplinary approach, this book will appeal to a variety of students and academics in related fields. It will also be of interest to policy makers, HR experts, firm managers and other stakeholders
    Note: Contributors include: I. Beltrán Martín, S. Bevan, M. Bossler, C. Carrillo-Tudela, W.-J.A. Chang, M. Coles, H. Dale-Olsen, M. Daskalaki, T. Eriksson, P. Ferreira, R.W. Griffeth, K. Hall, L. Holbeche, J.-T. Kao, Y. Lai, C.S. Long, A.-M. Mohammed, K. Morrell, E. Parry, J. Purl, G. Saridakis, S. Taylor, R. Upward, P. Urwin, M. Wong El Leen , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784714680
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als How to get published in the best management journals
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Management Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Periodicals Publishing ; Academic publishing ; Electronic books ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Wissenschaftliche Zeitschrift
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Timothy Clark, Mike Wright and David J. Ketchen, Jr. -- Part I The publishing process -- 2. The publishing process: a case study / Petra Andries and Mike Wright 3. Getting published: an editorial and journal ranker's perspective / Geoffrey Wood and Pawan Budhwar -- 4. Ethics and integrity in publishing / Ben R. Martin -- 5. Sustaining a publications career / Mike Wright -- 6. Why publish in Asia management journals? / Daphne W. Yiu 7. Squeezing lemons to make fresh lemonade: how to extract useful value from peer reviews / William H. Starbuck -- Part II resolving practical key issues becoming a scholar -- 8. Rules of the game / Denny Gioia -- 9. Learning by walking through the snow / R. Duane Ireland -- 10. Suggestions for strengthening the discussion section and increasing your odds of publication success / Donald D. Bergh -- 11. You miss 100% of the shots you don't take / Annette L. Ranft and Anne D. Smith -- 12. Why I don't want to co-author with you and what you can do about it / Dave Ketchen -- Getting your methods right -- 13. Are your results really robust? / Bruce T. Lamont -- 14. The reviewers don't like my sample! what can I do? / Brian K. Boyd -- 15. When being normal is not enough: a few thoughts about data, analyses and (the storm of) re-analyses / Philp L. Roth and Wayne H. Stewart Jr. -- Navigating the review process -- 16. Selling your soul to the devil? mistakes authors make when responding to reviewers / Pamela L. Perrewé -- 17. Respond to me - please! / James G. Combs -- 18. Challenging the gods: circumstances justifying the protest of a journal rejection decision / Gerald R. Ferris -- Understanding the journals -- 19. Publishing in the top journals: the secrets for success / Michael A. Hitt -- 20. Hitting your preferred target: positioning papers for different types of journals / Yehuda Baruch -- 21. Targeting journals: a personal journey / Franz W. Kellermanns -- 22. Read the damn article: the appropriate place of journal lists in organizational science scholarship / M. Ronald Buckley -- 23. Publishing in special issues / Timothy Clark -- 24. Using new media to promote and extend published work / Aija Leiponen and Will Mitchell -- 25. Should you publish in an open-access journal? / Charles C. Snow -- Part III publishing across disciplinary boundaries -- 26. Publishing in finance versus entrepreneurship/management journals / Douglas Cumming -- 27. Publishing in management journals: how is it different from economics journals / Saul Estrin and Sumon Kumar Bhaumik -- 28. Publishing in management journals as a social psychologist / Rolf van Dick -- 29. Publishing historical papers in management journals and in business history journals / Steven Toms -- 30. Publishing human resource management research in different kinds of journals / Bill Harley -- 31. Publishing in top international business and management journals / Stephen Tallman and Torben Pederson -- 32. Publishing at the interfaces of psychology and strategic management / Gerard P. Hodgkinson.
    Abstract: An increasing number of universities around the globe are rewarding faculty who place their work in top management journals. Drawing on the insights from top journal editors and leading scholars in the field, this book is a treasure trove of tips for publishing in the best management journals. The topics covered include the mysteries of the review process, getting your methodology right, publishing across disciplinary boundaries, the rise of open access journals, publishing ethics, making use of peer review, targeting special issues, sustaining a publications career, and making sense of journal rankings. Drawing on the considerable experience of its authors, and offering candid insights that are often held as secrets among senior faculty, this book takes the reader behind the scenes of the journal review process, making it a must-read for those seeking to advance their career
    Note: Contributors include: P. Andries, Y. Baruch, D.D. Bergh, S.K. Bhaumik, B.K. Boyd, M.R. Buckley, P. Budhwar, T. Clark, J.G. Combs, D. Cumming, S. Estrin, G.R. Ferris, D. Gioia, B. Harley, M.A. Hitt, G.P. Hodgkinson, R.D. Ireland, F.W. Kellermanns. D.J. Ketchen Jr., B.T. Lamont, A. Leiponen, B.R. Martin, W. Mitchell, T. Pederson, P.L. Perrewé, A.L. Ranft, P.L. Roth, A.D. Smith, C.C. Snow, W.H. Starbuck, W.H. Stewart Jr., S. Tallman, S. Toms, R. Van Dick, G. Wood, M. Wright, D.W. Yiu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365553
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship, innovation and regional development
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Mittelstandspolitik ; Entrepreneurship ; Europa ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung ; Unternehmer ; Innovation ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka -- Part I innovation -- 2. Innovation processes in adverse institutional settings: connectedness and disconnectedness in three regions of Ukraine / Christos Kalantaridis. Svitlana Slava, Olga Savchenko and Oleksandra Gumenna -- 3. Smart specialisation as a development opportunity for the peripheral regions of eastern poland / Anna Rogut and Bogdan Piasecki -- Part II entrepreneurial activity and regional development -- 4. Entrepreneurship and industrial policy in Ireland / Colm O'Gorman and Declan Curran -- 5. Towards Europe: the small business charter and sme policy up-grading in the western Balkans / Stephen Roper and Anita Richter -- 6. Is Estonia becoming better home for "born globals"? / Tõnis Mets -- Part III entrepreneurship and SME policy -- 7. Entrepreneurial activity of the Russian population: factors of cross-regional diversity - methodology, indicators, preliminary findings / Alexander Chepurenko, Vladimir Elakhovskiy and Ekaterina Popovskaya -- 8. Entrepreneurial perceptions and entrepreneurial activity in core and peripheral regions in Estonia / Urve Venesaar and Merle Küttim -- 9. The capitalization of new firms: exploring the influence of entrepreneurial characteristics on start-up finance / Paul Robson, Tyler Chamberlin and Mark Freel -- 10. Conclusions / David Smallbone, Markku Virtanen and Arnis Sauka.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship and innovation are arguably the main drivers of economic development today. This book explores the two in depth, at both the national and regional levels, using a variety of methodologies. The expert contributors discuss the subject from a policy perspective, with case studies from a host of countries including new member states of the EU as well as established EU member states. Split into three parts, the book focuses on: innovation, entrepreneurial activity and regional development, and entrepreneurship and SME policy. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of entrepreneurship and related subjects as well as to practitioners and policy-makers in the field
    Note: Contributors include: T. Chamberlin, A. Chepurenko, D. Curran, V. Elakhovskiy, M. Freel, O. Gumenna, C. Kalantaridis, M. Kuttim, T. Mets, C. O'Gorman, B. Piasecki, E. Popovskaya, A. Richter, P. Robson, A. Rogut, S. Roper, O. Savchenko, S. Slava, U. Venesaar , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364884
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial process and social networks
    DDC: 338.04
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk ; Sozialkapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Netzwerkökonomik ; Entrepreneurship ; Social networks ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Soziales Netzwerk
    Abstract: Introduction / Alain Fayolle, Sarah Jack, Wadid Lamine and Didier Chabaud -- Part I the evolution of networks across entrepreneurial stages -- 1. Entrepreneurial network composition and the venture creation process: an empirical investigation / Tammi Redd, Michael A. Abebe and Sibin Wu -- 2. Dynamic social networks of entrepreneurs: five years of change in the networks of Dutch entrepreneurs / Marianne De Beer, Gerald Mollenhorst and Veronique Schutjens -- 3. Social networks of the entrepreneur and formation of business opportunities: an exploratory study / Didier Chabaud and Joseph Ngijol -- 4. Start-ups repositioning in business networks / Lise Aaboen and Frida Lind -- Part II formal networks: a new research agenda? -- 5. Business and professional networks: scope and outcomes in oxfordshire / Helen Lawton-Smith and Malika Virahsawmy -- 6. Women entrepreneurs and the process of networking as social exchange / Claire M Leitch, Richard T. Harrison and Frances M. Hill -- 7. Cooperation vs. coordination relations in SME's network: a new view of collective strategy dynamics / Christophe Leyronas and Stéphanie Loup -- Part III context: a benign neglect? -- 8. The competitiveness of entrepreneurial firms from a network perspective / Christian Lechner -- 9. The role of family members in entrepreneurial networks: beyond the boundaries of the family firm / Alistair R. Anderson, Sarah L. Jack and Sarah Drakopoulou Dodd -- 10. Network structures of nascent entrepreneurs: an exploratory study of advisor networks in mena countries / Sarfraz Mian and Shahid Qureshi -- 11. Ubuntu in family businesses: a case in the Democratic Republic of the Congo / Albert B. R. Lwango -- Part IV debates and perspectives: theoretical challenges -- 12. Entrepreneurial mingling secrets: investigating the performance impact of network structure for control-based entrepreneurship using agent-based simulation / Willem Jansen, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 13. Entrepreneurial social network and actor-network theory / Wadid Lamine; Alain Fayolle and Hela Chebbi.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is undoubtedly a social process and creating a firm requires both the mobilization of social networks and the use of social capital. This book addresses the gap that exists between the need to take these factors into consideration and the understanding of how network relationships are developed and transformed across the venturing process. Expert contributions from key scholars in the field illustrate how social networks evolve across entrepreneurial stages, using studies from different regions across the world. Offering a comprehensive understanding, they emphasize the role of formal networks created inside professions and firms. Also examined is the impact of context, including both family and internationally variable institutions, that can help entrepreneurs to access resources and competencies useful for their projects. The book concludes by emphasizing the various research challenges: which theories are useful for our endeavours and which new methods can be used to understand the dynamics of the venturing process? Dynamic and eminently practical, this book will be invaluable to scholars and students studying the entrepreneurial process and the impact of social networks. It will also prove a useful tool in aiding entrepreneurs to optimize the development of their networks and better manage their entrepreneurial processes
    Note: Contributors include: L. Aaboen, M.A. Abebe, A.R. Anderson, M. Brettel, D. Chabaud, H. Chebbi, M. de Beer, S. Drakopoulou Dodd, A. Fayolle, R.T. Harrison, F.M. Hill, S.L. Jack, W. Jansen, W. Lamine, H. Lawton-Smith, C. Lechner, C.M. Leitch, C. Leyronas, F. Lind, S. Loup, A.B.R. Lwango, R. Mauer, S. Mian, G. Mollenhorst, J. Ngijol, S. Qureshi, T. Redd, V. Schutjens, M. Virahsawmy, S. Wu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9781784711184
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of qualitative research methods on human resource management
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Sozialforschung ; Qualitative Methode ; Personnel management Methodology ; Personnel management Research ; Methodology ; Qualitative research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Humanvermögen ; Personalentwicklung ; Forschungsmethode ; Qualitative Methode ; Personalpolitik
    Abstract: 1. Qualitative research in HRM: innovation over stagnation / Keith Townsend, Rebecca Loudoun and David Lewin -- Section I designing qualitative projects -- 2. The role of qualitative methods in mixed methods designs / Roslyn Cameron -- 3. Anchoring qualitative methods for longitudinal studies / Rebecca Loudoun and Keith Townsend -- 4. Autoethnography: a novel way to study HRM / Sally Sambrook -- Section II innovations in data sources -- 5. Using legal research methods in human resource management research / Richard Johnstone -- 6. The use of news media as a data source in HRM research: exploring society's perceptions / Sheryl Ramsay, Sara Branch and Jacqueline Ewart -- 7. Netnographical methods and the challenge of researching hidden and secretive employee social media practices / James Richards -- 8. Doing historical research in human resource management: with some reflections on an academic career / Peter Ackers -- 9. Thinking about philosophical methods in human resources / Kerrie L. Unsworth and Matthew T. Hardin -- Section III innovations in data collection methods -- 10. An experiment with 'the miracle question': an innovative data collection technique in HR research / Keith Townsend -- 11. Using photo-elicitation to understand experiences of work-life balance / Catherine Cassell, Fatima Malik and Laura Radcliffe -- 12. Using qualitative repertory grid interviews to gather shared perspectives in a sequential mixed methods research design / Céline Rojon, Mark N.K. Saunders and Almuth Mcdowall -- 13. Free verbal associations - measuring what people think about employee participation / Werner Nienhueser -- 14. Using qualitative diaries to uncover the complexities of daily experiences / Laura S. Radcliffe -- 15. Autoethnographic vignettes in HRM / Mark Learmonth and Michael Humphreys -- Section IV innovative data analysis -- 16. Computer supported qualitative research / Julie Cogin and Ju Li Ng -- 17. Cross-cultural HRM research: the potential of causal cognitive mapping / Gail Clarkson -- 18. Deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job- holders: an illustrative example / Richard Winter.
    Abstract: Human resource management as a field of research is a broad church, with a wide variety of research methods in use. This Handbook focuses on qualitative research methods and explores the opportunities and challenges of new technologies for innovating data collection and data analysis. The editors have brought together 18 chapters, written by some of the world's leading researchers in their field. They begin with the importance of good project design and then move on to reflect on innovations and developments in data sources, such as netnographical methods, legal research methods, the use of news media, and historical research. They go on to outline innovations in data collection methods with particular pertinence to key HRM topics. Finally, the contributors explore innovative data analysis, looking at the importance of computer-supported qualitative research, causal cognitive mapping and deriving behavioural role descriptions from the perspectives of job-holders. This Handbook is an invaluable tool for students, researchers and academics in the field of human resource management
    Note: Contributors include: P. Ackers, S. Branch, R. Cameron, C. Cassell, G. Clarkson, J. Cogin, J. Ewart, M.T. Hardin, M. Humphreys, R. Johnstone, M. Learmonth, D. Lewin, R. Loudoun, F. Malik, A. McDowall, J.L. Ng, W. Nienhüeser, L.S. Radcliffe, S. Ramsay, J. Richards, C. Rojon, S. Sambrook, M.N.K. Saunders, K. Townsend, K.L. Unsworth, R. Winter , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786431745
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als O'Callaghan, Terry, 1956 - Reputation risk and globalisation
    DDC: 658.049
    Keywords: Multinationales Unternehmen ; Globalisierung ; Self-regulation ; Industries Self-regulation ; Electronic books ; Globalisierung ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Selbstregulation
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Towards corporate self-regulation -- 2. Disciplining MNCs: corporate reputation as a driver of ideational change -- 3. Exploring the idea of a self-regulating corporation -- 4. Royal Dutch Shell's PR-led approach to self-regulation -- 5. The rise and fall and rise of the Toyota way -- 6. Interface Inc: a model of a self-regulating corporation? -- 7. Conclusion: beyond sustainability and long live the Australian night parrot.
    Abstract: Recently, multinational corporations have begun to reinvent themselves as socially responsible actors, largely in response to anti-corporate activist pressure. The author argues that a concern with corporate reputation is leading to an ideational shift in corporate behaviour - in essence, it is disciplining their behaviour. This innovative exploration of the idea of a self-regulating corporation in an era of globalisation first examines the link between corporate reputation, corporate behaviour and self-regulation, and then goes on to compare and contrast various studies of multinational corporations that have sought to self-regulate. Terry O'Callaghan includes a multifaceted critique of anti-corporate activists. This acknowledges both the dangers that multinational corporations pose to communities, and that anti-corporate activists are the first group to understand the potential risk of targeted campaigns to corporate reputations. He also illustrates his points using three case studies of companies that have attempted to self-regulate: Royal Dutch Shell, the Toyota Motor Corporation and Interface Inc. Undergraduate and postgraduate students of international business, management and business ethics will be interested in the essential topics covered in this book. Academics and practitioners alike will appreciate its accessible lessons about reputational capital and holding multinational corporations accountable
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    ISBN: 9781784716066
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The social enterprise zoo
    DDC: 361.765
    Keywords: Sozialwirtschaft ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Forward / Dana Brakman-Reiser -- Preface / Dennis R. Young, Elizabeth A.M. Searing, and Cassady V. Brewer -- Part I: concepts and content -- 1. Introduction / Dennis R. Young and Cassady V. Brewer -- 2. Designing the zoo / Dennis R. Young and Wesley Longhofer -- 3. The ongoing evolution in social enterprise legal forms / Cassady V. Brewer -- Part II: how the zoo functions -- 4. Habitats in the zoo / Janelle A. Kerlin, Thema Monroe-White, and Sandy Zook -- 5. Ecologies within habitats of the zoo / Elizabeth A.M. Searing, Jesse D. Lecy, and Fredrik O. Andersson -- 6. Changes over the life cycles of social enterprise animals / Jesse Lecy and Elizabeth A.M. Searing -- Part III: managing and governing the zoo -- 7. The role of social entrepreneurs in the social enterprise zoo / Dennis R. Young and Jesse Lecy -- 8. Feeding the animals / Elizabeth A.M. Searing and Dennis R. Young -- 9. Governing the zoo / Francesca Calo and Simon Teasdale -- Part IV: performance of the zoo -- 10. Social innovation in the zoo / Thema Monroe-White and Jesse D. Lecy -- 11. Resiliency and stability of the zoo animals / Jung-In Soh, Elizabeth A.m. Searing, and Dennis R. Young -- 12. Social impact of the social enterprise zoo / John E. Tyler III -- Conclusion implications for research, policy, and practice / Dennis R. Young, Elizabeth A.M. Searing, and Cassady V. Brewer.
    Abstract: The Social Enterprise Zoo employs the metaphor of the zoo to gain a more comprehensive understanding of social enterprise: the diversity of its forms; the various ways it is organized in different socio-political environments; how different forms of enterprise behave, interact, and thrive; and what lessons can be drawn for the future development and study of organizations that seek to balance social or environmental impact with economic success. After setting the stage with a thorough introduction, top scholars explore the different ways that social enterprises can be classified, nurtured, and understood. The book not only details the legal forms utilized in social enterprise and the social entrepreneurs involved in them, but it also addresses the reasons for the success or failure of these activities and looks at the ecologies in which they operate. The "zookeepers," such as governments and the regulatory regimes they establish, are compared and the important roles they play are examined. The volume concludes with a look at the future of social enterprise, providing suggestions for further research and implications for policy and practice. This innovative and accessible book is recommended for students, researchers, policymakers, entrepreneurs and managers of social purpose organizations
    Note: Contributors include: F.O. Andersson, D. Brakman-Reiser, C.V. Brewer, F. Calo, J.A. Kerlin, J.D. Lecy, W. Longhofer, T. Monroe-White, E.A.M. Searing, J.-I. Soh, S. Teasdale, J.E. Tyler III, D.R. Young, S. Zook , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711740
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of employee commitment
    DDC: 658.314
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mitarbeiterbindung ; Verhalten in Organisationen ; Personalführung ; Nationalkultur ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Employee loyalty ; Electronic books ; Mitarbeiter ; Unternehmen ; Soziale Bindung ; Mitarbeiter ; Organisationshandeln ; Commitment ; Führung
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Employee commitment: an introduction and roadmap / J.P. Meyer -- Part I Conceptualization of commitment -- 2. Commitment as a unidimensional construct / H.J. Klein and H. Park -- 3. Commitment as a multi-dimensional construct / N.J. Allen -- 4. Multiple foci of workplace commitments / T.E. Becker -- Part II related constructs -- 5. A motivational model of employee attachment to an organization / M. Gagné and J. Howard -- 6. Organizational commitment and employee engagement: 10 key questions / S.L. Albrecht and O.J. Dineen -- 7. Job embeddedness, employee commitment and related constructs / B.C. Holtom -- 8. Organizational identification / R. van Dick -- 9. Psychological contracts / S.D. Hansen and Y. Griep -- Part III foci of commitment -- 10. Occupational commitment / J.P. Meyer and J.A. Espinoza -- 11. Social commitments / C. Vandenberghe -- 12. The rise, decline, resurrection, and growth of union commitment research / P. Horsman, D.G. Gallaghar and E.K. Kelloway -- 13. Action commitments / J.P. Meyer and B.K. Anderson -- Part IV consequences of commitment -- 14. Employee turnover and absenteeism / I.R. Gellatly and L.M. Hedberg -- 15. Employee commitment and performance / D.J. Stanley and J.P. Meyer -- 16. Counterproductive work behavior / B. Marcus -- 17. Employee commitment and well-being / A.C. Chris, E.R. Maltin and J.P. Meyer -- 18. Affective consequences of workplace commitments / H.J. Klein and C.T. Brinsfield -- Part V drivers of commitment -- 19. Individual differences as causes of the development of commitment / M.E. Bergman and V.A. Jean -- 20. Person-environment fits as drivers of commitment / A.E.M. van Vianen, M.R.W. Hamstra and J. Koen -- 21. Strategic human resource management and organizational commitment / K. Jiang -- 22. Organizational leadership and employee commitment / M. Trivisonno and J. Barling -- 23. Employee empowerment and organizational commitment / H.K. Laschinger, E. Read and Z. Junhong -- 24. Perceived organizational support / F. Stinglhamber, G. Caesens, L. Clark and R. Eisenberger -- 25. Organizational justice and employee commitment: a review of contemporary research / D.R. Bobocel and F. Mu -- Part VI commitment across cultures -- 26. Understanding commitment across cultures / S.A. Wasti -- 27. Commitment in Europe / J. Felfe and J. Wombacher -- 28. Employee commitment in China / A. Newman and D. Wang -- 29. An examination of the social-institutional, cultural, and organizational antecedents of commitment in India / V.L. Dhir, N.L. Bremner and S. Datta -- 30. Commitment in the Middle East / A. Cohen -- 31. Organizational commitment: a Latin American soap opera / L.M. Arciniega -- Part VII methodological issues -- 32. A contemporary update on testing for measurement equivalence and invariance / R.J. Vandenberg and N.A. Morelli -- 33. Tracking change in commitment over time: the latent growth modeling approach / K. Bentein -- 34. Capturing the process of committing: design requirements for a temporal measurement instrument / W. van Olffen, O.N. Solinger and R.A. Roe -- 35. Person-centered research strategies in commitment research / A.J.S. Morin -- Part VIII conclusion -- 36. Employee commitment: a back and moving forward / J.P. Meyer.
    Abstract: A high level of employee commitment holds particular value for organizations owing to its impact on organizational effectiveness and employee well-being. This Handbook provides an up-to-date review of theory and research pertaining to employee commitment in the workplace, outlining its value for both employers and employees and identifying key factors in its development, maintenance or decline. Including chapters from leading theorists and researchers from around the world, this Handbook presents cumulated and cutting-edge research exploring what commitment is, the different forms it can take, and how it is distinct from related concepts such as employee engagement, work motivation, embeddedness, the psychological contract, and organizational identification. Examining topics such as high-commitment work systems, work attitudes and motivation, the Handbook provides integration with related literatures. Internationally applicable, sections also discuss the implications of culture differences for commitment and present the latest developments in research methods and analytic techniques that can be used to advance our understanding of commitment. Comprehensive and engaging, the Handbook of Employee Commitment is essential reading for commitment scholars and researchers interested in the latest developments in the field as well as for international scholars who will benefit from its guidance on how to approach research in unique cultures. It will also prove of prime interest to managers and management consultants with its wealth of suggestions to guide evidence-based practice
    Note: Contributors include: S.L. Albrecht, N.J. Allen, B.K. Anderson, L.M. Arciniega, J. Barling, T.E. Becker, K. Bentein, M.E. Bergman, D.R. Bobocel, N.L. Bremner, C.T. Brinsfield, G. Caisens, A.C. Chris, L. Clark, A. Cohen, S. Datta, V.L. Dhir, O.J. Dineen, R. Eisenberger, J.A. Espinoza, J. Felfe, M. Gagné, D.G. Gallagher, I.R. Gellatly, Y. Griep, S.D. Hansen, L.M. Hedberg, M.R.W. Hamstra, B.C. Holtom, P. Horsman, J. Howard, V.A. Jean, K. Jiang, Z. Junhong, E.K. Kelloway, H.J. Klein, J. Koen, E.R. Maltin, B. Marcus, J.P. Meyer, N.A. Morelli, A.J.S. Morin, F. Mu, A. Newman, H. Park, E. Read, R.A. Roe, O.N. Solinger, H. Spence Laschinger, D.J. Stanley, F. Stinglhamber, M. Trivisonno, R. Van Dick, W. Van Olffen, A.E.M. Van Vianen, R.J. Vandenberg, C. Vandenberghe, D. Wang, S.A. Wasti, J. Wombacher , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719524
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (464 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Part 1 contextual and functional issues -- 1. The Middle East context: an introduction / Pawan S. Budhwar and Kamel Mellahi -- 2. Cultural perspectives in HRM in MENA / Pari Namazie and Barbara Covarrubias Venegas -- 3. Society level factors impacting HRM in the Middle East / Wes Harry -- 4. Performance appraisal systems in the Middle East / Antonio Giangreco and Jacob Vakkayil -- 5. Talent management in the Middle East / Salma Raheem -- Part II country and regional perspectives: HRM in the Gulf Cooperation Council Countries -- 6. Human resource management in Oman / Misida Al-Jahwari and Pawan Budhwar -- 7. Human resource management in the United Arab Emirates / Marie F. Waxin and Rob E. Bateman -- 8. Human resource management in Saudi Arabia / Hayfaa A. Tlaiss and Abdallah Elamin -- HRM in Levant countries -- 9. Human resource management in Iran / Pari Namazie and Amir Mohammad Pahlavnejad -- 10. Human resource management in Lebanon / Fida Afiouni and Sinine Nakhle -- HRM in North Africa -- 11. Human resource management in Egypt / Ghada El-Kot -- 12. Human resource management in Algeria / Boumediene Ramdani, Kamel Mellahi and Cherif Guermat -- 13. Human resource management in Morocco / Abderrahman Hassi -- Part 3 emerging themes and future of HRM in the Middle East -- 14. Employment relations of domestic workers in Kuwait: the employer's perspective / Khaled Al-Ajmi, Manjusha Hirekhan, Pawan Budhwar and Sneha Singh -- 15. Labour localisation and HRM practices in the Gulf countries / Marie F. Waxin and Rob E. Bateman -- 16. Expatriate management across the MENA countries / Edelweiss C. Harrison and Arno Haslberger -- 17. Talent management practice in Oman - the institutional perspective / Rayya Al Amri, Alison J. Glaister and David P. Spicer -- 18. Privatisation, investments and HR in foreign firms operating in the Middle East / Faten Baddar Al-Husan and Fawaz Baddar Alhussan -- 19. A blueprint for the role of HRM in CSR in the Middle East / Dima Jamali and Ali El Dirani -- 20. HRM in the public sector in the Middle East / Nelarine Cornelius, Eric Pezet, Ramin Mahmoudi, and Dima Ramez Murtada -- 21. Wasta in the Jordanian context / Mohammad Ta'amnha, Susan Sayce, and Olga Tregaskis -- 22. Towards a framework for the analysis of labour localisation practices in Saudi Arabia and the GCC countries / Yassir Abdulaziz Nasief -- 23. HRM in the Middle East: state of the field and directions for future research / Kamel Mellahi and Pawan S. Budhwar.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Human Resource Management in the Middle East provides evidence-based information regarding the dynamics of human resource management (HRM) in this important region. The book is organised into three parts: contextual and functional issues such as societal and cultural perspectives, performance management and talent management; country specific HRM covering the Gulf Cooperation Council, Levant and North African nations; and emerging themes such as HR issues related to domestic workers, labour localisation, expatriate management, corporate social responsibility, wasta, and foreign and public sector firms. This systematic analysis highlights the main forces determining HRM systems in the region. Its 23 chapters move from a general overview of HRM in the Middle East to a research-based presentation and discussion on the current status, role and strategic importance of the HR function in a wide-range of settings, before highlighting emerging themes in HRM models and discussing future challenges for research, policy and practice. The Handbook of Human Resource Management is invaluable reading for academics and students alike, especially those interested in international and comparative human resource management. Practitioners with interest in the Middle East will appreciate its up-to-date analysis and contextualisation of HRM issues
    Note: Contributors include: F. Afiouni, K. Al-Ajmi, R. Al Amri, F.B. AL-Husan, M. Al-Jahwari, R.E. Bateman, P.S. Budhwar, N. Cornelius, B. Covarrubias Venegas, A. El Dirani, G. El-Kot, A. Elamin, A. Giangreco, A.J. Glaister, C. Guermat, E.C. Harrison, W. Harry, A. Haslberger, A. Hassi, M. Hirekhan, D. Jamali, R. Mahmoudi, K. Mellahi, D.R. Murtada, S. Nakhle, P. Namazie, Y.A. Nasief, A.M. Pahlavnejad, E. Pezet, S. Raheem, B. Ramdani, S. Sayce, S. Singh, D.P. Spicer, M. Ta'Amnha, H.A. Tlaiss, O. Tregaskis, J. Vakkayil, M.F. Waxin , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719388
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 310 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Agriculture, Cooperative ; Rural development ; Economic development ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Producer organizations and rural development -- pt. II. Economic democratization, inclusiveness and social capital -- pt. III. Internal governance and member relations -- pt. IV. Conclusions.
    Abstract: Agricultural cooperatives and producer organizations are institutional innovations which have the potential to reduce poverty and improve food security. This book presents a raft of international case studies, from developing and transition countries, to analyse the internal and external challenges that these complex organizations face and the solutions that they have developed. The contributors provide an increased understanding of the transformation of traditional community organizations into modern farmer-owned businesses. They cover issues including: the impact on rural development and inclusiveness, the role of social capital, formal versus informal organizations, democratic participation and member relations, and their role in value chains. Students and scholars will find the book's multidisciplinary approach useful in their research. It will also be of interest to policy-makers seeking to understand the wide diversity of organizational forms and functions. NGOs, donors and governments seeking to support rural developments will benefit from the discussions raised in this book
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781785363658
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (688 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Recent developments in the economics of advertising
    Keywords: Werbung ; Advertising Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): C. Christou and N. Vettas (2008), 'On Informative Advertising and Product Differentiation', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 26 (1), January, 92-112 -- Claude Fluet and Paolo G. Garella (2002), 'Advertising and Prices as Signals of Quality in a Regime of Price Rivalry', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 20 (7), September, 907-30 -- Edward L. Glaeser and Gergely Ujhelyi (2010), 'Regulating Misinformation', Journal of Public Economics, 94 (3-4), April, 247-57 -- Ivan Pastine and Tuvana Pastine (2002), 'Consumption Externalities, Coordination, and Advertising', International Economic Review, 43 (3), August, 919-43 -- Ganesh Iyer, David Soberman and J. Miguel Villas-Boas (2005), 'The Targeting of Advertising', Marketing Science, 24 (3), Summer, 461-76 -- Greg Shaffer and Florian Zettelmeyer (2004), 'Advertising in a Distribution Channel', Marketing Science, 23 (4), Fall, 619-28 -- Kurt R. Brekke and Michael Kuhn (2006), 'Direct to Consumer Advertising in Pharmaceutical Markets', Journal of Health Economics, 25 (1), January, 102-30 -- Simon P. Anderson and Régis Renault (2006), 'Advertising Content', American Economic Review, 96 (1), March, 93-113 -- Justin P. Johnson and David P. Myatt (2006), 'On the Simple Economics of Advertising, Marketing, and Product Design', American Economic Review, 96 (3), June, 756-84 -- Simon P. Anderson and Régis Renault (2013), 'The Advertising Mix for a Search Good', Management Science, 59 (1), January, 69-83 -- Oliver Board (2009), 'Competition and Disclosure', Journal of Industrial Economics, LVII (1), March, 197-213 -- Monic Sun (2011), 'Disclosing Multiple Product Attributes', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 20 (1), Spring, 195-224 -- Archishman Chakraborty and Rick Harbaugh (2014), 'Persuasive Puffery', Marketing Science, 33 (3), May-June, 382-400 -- Simon P. Anderson and Régis Renault (2009), 'Comparative Advertising: Disclosing Horizontal Match Information', RAND Journal of Economics, 40 (3), Autumn, 558-81 -- Francesca Barigozzi, Paolo G. Garella and Martin Peitz (2009), 'With a Little Help from My Enemy: Comparative Advertising as a Signal of Quality', Journal of Economics and Management Strategy, 18 (4), Winter, 1071-94 -- Winand Emons and Claude Fluet (2012), 'Non-comparative versus Comparative Advertising of Quality', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 30 (4), July, 352-60 -- Timothy Van Zandt (2004), 'Information Overload in a Network of Targeted Communication', RAND Journal of Economics, 35 (3), Autumn, 542-60 -- Simon P. Anderson and André de Palma (2012), 'Competition for Attention in the Information (overload) Age', RAND Journal of Economics, 43 (1), Spring, 1-25 -- Simon P. Anderson and André de Palma (2013), 'Shouting to Be Heard in Advertising', Management Science, 59 (7), July, 1545-56
    Abstract: Justin P. Johnson (2013), 'Targeted Advertising and Advertising Avoidance', RAND Journal of Economics, 44 (1), Spring, 128-44 -- Daniel A. Ackerberg (2001), 'Empirically Distinguishing Informative and Prestige Effects of Advertising', RAND Journal of Economics, 32 (2), Summer, 316-33 -- Daniel A. Ackerberg (2003), 'Advertising, Learning, and Consumer Choice in Experience Good Markets: An Empirical Examination', International Economic Review, 44 (3), August, 1007-40 -- Michelle Sovinsky Goeree (2008), 'Limited Information and Advertising in the U.S. Personal Computer Industry', Econometrica, 76 (5), September, 1017-74 -- Ignatius Horstmann and Glenn MacDonald (2003), 'Is Advertising a Signal of Product Quality? Evidence from the Compact Disc Player Market, 1983-1992', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (3), March, 317-45 -- Bharat N. Anand and Ron Shachar (2011), 'Advertising, the Matchmaker', RAND Journal of Economics, 42 (2), Summer, 205-45 -- Jean-Pierre Dubé, Gunter J. Hitsch, and Puneet Manchanda (2005), 'An Empirical Model of Advertising Dynamics', Quantitative Marketing and Economics, 3 (2), June, 107-44 -- Gregory Lewis (2011), 'Asymmetric Information, Adverse Selection and Online Disclosure: The Case of eBay Motors', American Economic Review, 101 (4), June, 1535-46] -- Simon P. Anderson, Federico Ciliberto and Jura Liaukonyte (2013), 'Information Content of Advertising: Empirical Evidence from the OTC Analgesic Industry', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 31 (5), September, 355-67
    Abstract: The research review discusses important papers in the Economics of Advertising since the Millennium. It covers embellishments of established theories, newer theories, and empirical testing of both. Topics include informative, persuasive, and comparative advertising, content analysis, targeting, information congestion, signalling, and information disclosure. Scholars of marketing and economics will find here both a back-drop and recent advances
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365485
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New thinking in political economy series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Politics as a peculiar business
    DDC: 330
    RVK:
    Keywords: Neue politische Ökonomie ; Economics Political aspects ; Electronic books ; Politische Ökonomie ; Systemtheorie
    Abstract: 1. Public choice and the Virginia tradition of political economy -- 2. Alternative paths for a theory of political economy -- 3. Systems theory and parts-to-whole relationships -- 4. The logic of economizing action : universal form and particular practice -- 5. Reason, sentiment, and electoral competition -- 6. Parasitical political calculation -- 7. Societal tectonics and the art of the deal -- 8. Moral imagination and constitutional arrangement.
    Abstract: Economists typically treat government as something outside the business realm, a sort of "Lord of the Manor". Richard Wagner argues that this is the wrong approach and can ultimately be destructive to capitalism and to society. Modern governments are a peculiar form of business enterprise. They face the same problems as regular businesses, such as ascertaining demand and organizing production, and act within the system in a way that can lead to a parasitical relationship with the market. Largely rooted in political economy, this book develops new theoretical ideas and formulations to explain why democracy is a difficult form of government to maintain. The author explores how and why limited governments can morph into a system of destructive politics, and looks at ways to escape this process. This dynamic book will be useful for public choice scholars, economists, political scientists, and lawyers who are interested in political economy in its various guises
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364938
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (832 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International yearbook of industrial statistics series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Industrial statistics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: Summary tables -- pt. II: Country tables.
    Abstract: A unique and comprehensive source of information, this book is the only international publication providing economists, planners, policymakers and business people with worldwide statistics on current performance and trends in the manufacturing sector. The Yearbook is designed to facilitate international comparisons relating to manufacturing activity and industrial development and performance. It provides data which can be used to analyse patterns of growth and related long term trends, structural change and industrial performance in individual industries. Statistics on employment patterns, wages, consumption and gross output and other key indicators are also presented
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782547990
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The Elgar companion to Ronald H. Coase
    DDC: 330.92
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Coase, R. H. ; Coase, R. H Criticism and interpretation ; Coase, R. H. (Ronald Harry) ; Ökonomen ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Großbritannien ; USA ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Coase, R. H. 1910-2013 ; Coase-Theorem
    Abstract: pt. I: Coase in context -- pt. II: Foundations : key concepts -- pt. III: Firm and organization theory -- pt. IV: Market : structure and regulation -- pt. V: Law and property rights.
    Abstract: Ronald H. Coase, one of the most innovative and provocative economists of the twentieth century, has had a lasting influence in economics, law and economics, organization theory, management and political science. In this comprehensive Companion, 31 leading economists, social scientists and legal scholars, including two Nobel Laureates, offer the first global assessment of the initial impact of Coase's work and the continuing inspiration that researchers and policy makers find in his contributions. The book presents a review of the continuing power of Coase's work, including the reshaping of public policies with particular respect to public utilities and network industries. Further chapters explore research programmes that he initiated including the concept of transaction costs and the analysis of property rights, especially in terms of the regulation of the communications industry and the creation of markets for the right to pollute. The book clearly demonstrates the originality of Coase's work and the challenge that it posed to conventional perspectives which has been a hallmark of his research throughout his life, from his initial view on the nature of the firm to his recent analysis of the development of capitalism in China. Less well-known features of Coase's research going beyond his famous papers on 'The Nature of the Firm' and 'The Problem of Social Cost' are also explored in detail. From economics to public policy, this complete and thorough assessment of Coase's vast contribution will be an invaluable reference to all those interested in the many areas influenced by this great economist
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784718329
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (720 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics series 313
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als National accounting and economic growth
    DDC: 339.3
    Keywords: Volkswirtschaftliche Gesamtrechnung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Heterodoxe Ökonomik ; National income Accounting ; Economic development ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Robert M. Solow (1957), 'Technical Change and the Aggregate Production Function', Review of Economics and Statistics, 39 (3), August, 312-20 -- D.W. Jorgenson and Z. Griliches (1967), 'The Explanation of Productivity Change', Review of Economic Studies, 34 (3), July, 249-83 -- Dale W. Jorgenson and Zvi Griliches (1972), 'Issues in Growth Accounting: A Reply to Edward F. Denison', Survey of Current Business, 52 (5), May, 65-9773 -- System of National Accounts (2008), 'Capital Services and the National Accounts', System of National Accounts 2008, Chapter 20, Published in collaboration with European Commission, International Monetary Fund, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, United Nations and the World Bank, 415-25 -- Richard Stone (1961), 'The Accounting Framework and the Basic Model', and 'The Definition of "Industries" and the Arrangement of Product Flows' in Input-Output and National Accounts, Chapters 1 and 2, Paris, France: Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, 21-32, 33-45 -- Erwin Diewert, Dennis Fixler and Kimberly Zieschang (2012), 'Problems with the Measurement of Banking Services in a National Accounting Framework', Australian School of Business Research Paper, No 2012-Econ 25, 1-60 -- Michael J. Boskin, Ellen Dulberger, Robert J. Gordon, Zvi Griliches and Dale Jorgenson (1998), 'Consumer Prices, the Consumer Price Index, and the Cost of Living', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 12 (1), Winter, 3-26 -- Jerry A. Hausman (1996), 'Valuation of New Goods Under Perfect and Imperfect Competition', in Timothy F. Bresnahan and Robert J. Gordon (eds) The Economics of New Goods, Chapter 5, Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 209-37 -- Robert E. Hall and Charles I. Jones (2007), 'The Value of Life and the Rise in Health Spending', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 122 (1), February, 39-72 -- Joseph E. Stiglitz, Amartya Sen and Jean-Paul Fitoussi (2009), 'GDP Related Issues', Report by the Commission on the Economic Measurement of Economic Performance and Social Progress, Part 2, Chapter 1, Paris, France: 85-142 -- W. Erwin Diewert (2014), 'US TFP Growth and the Contribution of Changes in Export and Import Prices to Real Income Growth', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 41 (1), February, 19-39 -- Bert M. Balk (2010), 'An Assumption-Free Framework for Measuring Productivity Change', Review of Income and Wealth, 56 (1), June, 224-56 -- William D. Nordhaus (1996), 'Do Real-Output and Real-Wage Measures Capture Reality? The History of Lighting Suggests Not', in Timothy F. Bresnahan and Robert J. Gordon (eds), The Economics of New Goods, Chapter 1, Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press, 29-70 -- Martin L. Weitzman (1976), 'On the Welfare Significance of National Product in a Dynamic Economy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 90 (1), February, 156-62 -- Geir B. Asheim and Martin L. Weitzman (2001), 'Does NNP Growth Indicate Welfare Improvement', Economic Letters, 73 (2), November, 233-9 -- Avinash Dixit, Peter Hammond and Michael Hoel (1980), 'On Hartwick's Rule for Regular Maximin Paths of Capital Accumulation and Resource Depletion', Review of Economic Studies, 47 (3), April, 551-6 -- J.A. Sefton and M.R. Weale (2006), 'The Concept of Income in a General Equilibrium', Review of Economic Studies, 73 (1), January, 219-48 -- Kenneth J. Arrow, Partha Dasgupta, Lawrence H. Goulder, Kevin J. Mumford and Kirsten Oleson (2012), 'Sustainability and the Measurement of Wealth', Environment and Development Economics, 17 (3), 317-53 -- A.A. Konus (1939), 'The Problem of the True Index of the Cost of Living', Econometrica, 7 (1), January, 10-29
    Abstract: L.R. Christensen, D.W. Jorgenson and L.J. Lau (1971), 'Conjugate Duality and the Transcendental Logarithmic Function' in Economic Theory and Organization II', Econometrica, 39 (4), July, 255-6 -- W.E. Diewert (1976) 'Exact and Superlative Index Numbers', Journal of Econometrics, 4 (2), May, 115-45 -- Robert A. Pollak (1981), 'The Social Cost of Living Index', Journal of Public Economics, 15 (3), June, 311-36 -- W. Erwin Diewert (1998), 'Index Number Issues in the Consumer Price Index', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 12 (1), Winter, 47-58 -- Bert M. Balk (2003), 'The Residual: On Monitoring and Benchmarking Firms, Industries, and Economies with Respect to Productivity', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 20 (1), July, 5-47.
    Abstract: This research review departs from Solow's 1957 seminal paper on the measurement of technical change. It studies the idea into the comprehensive development of total factor productivity and the index number innovations. It also analyses the measurement of productivity growth and the usefulness of GDP measurement as well as perennial problems in measurement of output of certain sectors and of certain processes in an economy
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784716295
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (976 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Competition and regulation in electricity markets
    DDC: 333.7/932
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wettbewerb ; Regulierung ; Energiemarkt ; Electric power Prices ; Law and legislation ; Energy policy ; Electronic books ; Regulierung ; Elektrizitätsmarkt ; Internationales Recht
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): F.P. Ramsey (1927), 'A Contribution to the Theory of Taxation', Economic Journal, 37 (145), March, 47-61 -- Harold Hotelling (1938), 'The General Welfare in Relation to Problems of Taxation and of Railway and Utility Rates', Econometrica, 6 (3), July, 242-69 -- R.H. Montgomery (1939), 'Government Ownership and Operation of the Electric Industry', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 201, January, 43-9 -- James C. Bonbright (1941), 'Major Controversies as to the Criteria of Reasonable Public Utility Rates', American Economic Review, 30 (5), February, 379-89 -- Nancy Ruggles (1949-1950), 'Recent Developments in the Theory of Marginal Costs Pricing', Review of Economic Studies, 17 (2), 107-26 -- M. Boiteux (1960), 'Peak-Load Pricing', Journal of Business, 33 (2), April, 157-79 -- Harvey Averch and Leland L. Johnson (1962), 'Behavior of the Firm Under Regulatory Constraint', American Economic Review, 52 (5), December, 1052-69 -- George G. Stigler and Claire Friedland (1962), 'What Can Regulators Regulate? The Case of Electricity', Journal of Law and Economics, 5, October, 1-16 -- George J. Stigler (1971), 'The Theory of Economic Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 3-21 -- Sam Peltzman (1976), 'Toward a More General Theory of Regulation', Journal of Law and Economics, 19 (2), August, 211-40 -- Harold Demsetz (1968), 'Why Regulate Utilities?', Journal of Law and Economics, 11 (1), April, 55-65 -- Leonard W. Weiss (1975), 'Antitrust in the Electric Power Industry', in Almarin Phillips (ed.), Promoting Competition in Regulated Markets, Chapter 5, Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press, 135-73 -- Andrei Shleifer (1985), 'A Theory of Yardstick Competition', RAND Journal of Economics, 16 (3), Autumn, 319-27 -- Richard A. Posner (1971), 'Taxation by Regulation', Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science, 2 (1), Spring, 22-50 -- William Stanley Jevons (1885), 'The Coal Question in England', Science, 5 (108), February, 175-6 -- William J. Baumol (1982), 'Productivity Incentive Clauses and Rate Adjustment for Inflation', Public Utilities Fortnightly, 110, July, 11-18 -- Richard Schmalensee (1989), 'Good Regulatory Regimes', RAND Journal of Economics, 20 (3), Autumn, 417-36 -- David E.M. Sappington and Dennis L. Weisman (1994), 'Designing Superior Incentive Regulation: Modifying Plans to Preclude Recontracting and Promote Performance', Public Utilities Fortnightly, 132 (5), March, 27-32 -- Paul L. Joskow (2013), 'Incentive Regulation in Theory and Practice: Electricity Distribution and Transmission Networks', in Nancy L. Rose (ed.), Economic Regulation and Its Reform: What Have We Learned?, Chapter 5, Chicago, IL and London, UK: University of Chicago Press, 291-344.
    Abstract: Paul L. Joskow (1997), 'Restructuring, Competition and Regulatory Reform in the U.S. Electricity Sector', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 11 (3), Summer, 119-38 -- Peter Cramton and Steven Stoft (2005), 'A Capacity Market that Makes Sense', Electricity Journal, 18 (7), August/September, 43-54 -- Eric S. Schubert, David Hurlbut, Parviz Adib and Shmuel Oren (2006), 'The Texas Energy-Only Resource Adequacy Mechanism', Electricity Journal, 19 (10), December, 39-49 -- Richard Green and Nicholas Vasilakos (2010), 'Market Behaviour with Large Amounts of Intermittent Generation', Energy Policy, 38 (7), July, 3211-20 -- David M. Newbery (1995), 'Power Markets and Market Power', Energy Journal, 16 (3), 39-66 -- Severin Borenstein, James B. Bushnell and Frank A. Wolak (2002), 'Measuring Market Inefficiencies in California's Restructured Wholesale Electricity Market', American Economic Review, 92 (5), December, 1376-405 -- Richard Green (1999), 'The Electricity Contract Market in England and Wales', Journal of Industrial Economics, XLVII (1), March, 107-24 -- Paul L. Joskow and Edward Kahn (2002), 'A Quantitative Analysis of Pricing Behavior in California's Wholesale Electricity Market During Summer 2000', Energy Journal, 23 (4), 1-35 -- Severin Borenstein (2002), 'The Trouble with Electricity Markets: Understanding California's Restructuring Disaster', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16 (1), Winter, 191-211 -- Andrew Sweeting (2007), 'Market Power in the England and Wales Wholesale Electricity Market 1995-2000', Economic Journal, 117 (520), April, 654-85 -- Richard Gilbert and David Newbery (2010), 'Electricity Merger Policy in the US and EU Electricity Generation', in François Lévêque and Howard Shelanski, Antitrust and Regulation in the EU and US: Legal and Economic Perspectives, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing Ltd, 160-81 -- Roger E. Bohn, Michael C. Caramanis and Fred C. Schweppe (1984), 'Optimal Pricing in Electrical Networks over Space and Time', RAND Journal of Economics, 15 (3), Autumn, 360-76 -- William W. Hogan (1992), 'Contract Networks for Electric Power Transmission', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 4 (3), September, 211-42 -- Hung-Po Chao and Stephen Peck (1995), 'A Market Mechanism for Electric Power Transmission', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 10 (1), July, 25-59 -- Paul Joskow and Jean Tirole (2005), 'Merchant Transmission Investment', Journal of Industrial Economics, LIII (2), June, 233-64 -- Stephen C. Littlechild and Carlos J. Skerk (2008), 'Transmission Expansion in Argentina 4: A Review of Performance', Energy Economics, 30 (4), July, 1462-90 -- Chris M. Wilson and Catherine Waddams Price (2010), 'Do Consumers Switch to the Best Supplier?', Oxford Economic Papers, 62 (4), October, 647-68 -- Stephen Littlechild (2008), 'Municipal Aggregation and Retail Competition in the Ohio Energy Sector', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 34 (2), October, 164-94 -- Paul L. Joskow (2008), 'Lessons Learned from Electricity Market Liberalization', Energy Journal, 29 (2), 9-42.
    Abstract: Christopher Hood (2010), 'Can We? Administrative Limits Revisited', Public Administration Review, 70 (4), July/August, 527-34 -- Michael G. Pollitt (2012), 'Lessons from the History of Independent System Operators in the Energy Sector', Energy Policy, 47, August, 32-48 -- L. Lynne Kiesling (2009), 'Organization Form and the Wires', in Deregulation, Innovation and Market Liberalization: Electricity Regulation in a Continually Evolving Environment, Chapter 5, London, UK and New York, NY: Routledge, 88-103, notes, references -- Ahmad Faruqui and Sanem Sergici (2010), 'Household Response to Dynamic Pricing of Electricity: A Survey of 15 Experiments', Journal of Regulatory Economics, 38 (2), October, 193-225.
    Abstract: This timely research review explores the main issues surrounding competition and regulation in electricity markets. The industry is experiencing irresistible forces for change driven by energy policy objectives; a reassessment of market regulation in the face of high energy prices and the response to consumer pressure to agree on what constitutes a fair price for energy. This research review identifies the key articles that underpin the debate across the industries supply chain (generation, supply and networks) and from a regulatory perspective (including market power and incentive regulation) followed by a consideration of the overall impact of liberalisation and future developments
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781783472499
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Advances in ecological economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Beyond uneconomic growth
    DDC: 333.7
    Keywords: Daly, Herman E ; Umweltökonomik ; Nachhaltige Entwicklung ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Environmental economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Umweltökonomie ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: In memoriam for Robert Goodland -- Part I Introduction -- 1. The foundations for an ecological economy: an overview / Joshua Farley -- 2. The world in over-shoot: a celebration of Herman Daly's contributions to ecological economics - the science of sustainability / Robert Goodland -- 3. Toward a sustainable and desirable future: a 35 year collaboration with Herman Daly / Robert Costanza -- Part II Changing the paradigm: what is biophysically possible, and how do humans behave? -- 4. Population, resources, and energy in the global economy: a vindication of Herman Daly's vision / Jonathan M. Harris -- 5. On limits / Arild Vatn -- 6. Toward a science-based theory of behavior: building on Georgescu-Roegen / John Gowdy -- 7. Denying Herman Daly: why conventional economics will not embrace the Daly vision / William E. Rees -- Part III Changing the goals: what is socially, psychologically and ethically desirable? -- 8. The importance of just distribution in a 'full' world / Philip Lawn -- 9. Hicksian income, welfare, and the steady state / Salah El Serafy -- Part IV Changing the rules: institutions for a sustainable and desirable future -- 10. Ecological and Georgist economic principles: a comparison / Clifford Cobb -- 11. Making money / John B. Cobb, Jr. -- Part V The steady-state economy -- 12. The steady-state economy / Peter A. Victor -- 13. Socially sustainable economic degrowth / Joan Martinez Alier -- 14. Politics for a steady state economy / Brian Czech -- Part VI Conclusions -- 15. The unfinished journey of ecological economics: toward an ethic of ecological citizenship / Peter G. Brown.
    Abstract: This engaging book brings together leading ecological economists to collectively present a definitive case for looking beyond economic growth as the sole panacea for the world's ecological predicament. Grounded in physics, ecology, and the science of human behavior, contributors show how economic growth itself has become "uneconomic" and adds to a ravaging of both social and ecological cohesion. Guided by a clear moral vision that prioritizes sustainability and justice over profit, the authors provide a blueprint for an economy that replaces quantitative growth with qualitative improvement to enhance human welfare while restoring degraded ecosystems. They present solutions for many of today's challenges, ranging from global climate change and biodiversity loss to natural resource depletion. This interdisciplinary work not only relates ecological economics theory to the most urgent predicaments of the contemporary world, but also pays tribute to the work of Herman Daly, a leading pioneer of modern ecological economics. Researchers and faculty studying and teaching ecological economics and environmental studies will find value in this unprecedented book. It will also be of interest to practitioners working to solve a variety of global environmental issues
    Note: Contributors include: P.G. Brown, C. Cobb, J.B. Cobb, Jr., R. Costanza, B. Czech, S. El Serafy, J. Farley, R. Goodland, J. Gowdy, J.M. Harris, P. Lawn, D. Malghan, J. Martinez Alier, W.E. Rees, A. Vatn, P.A. Victor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785361517
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (968 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 317
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of creative industries
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kreativsektor ; Theorie ; Welt ; Cultural industries Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Alan Kirman (1993), 'Ants, Rationality, and Recruitment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 108 (1), February, 137-56 -- Sherwin Rosen (1981), 'The Economics of Superstars', American Economic Review, 71 (5), December, 845-58 -- Israel M. Kirzner (1997), 'Entrepreneurial Discovery and the Competitive Market Process: An Austrian Approach', Journal of Economic Literature, 35 (1), March, 60-85 -- Ulrich Witt (2001), 'Learning to Consume - A Theory of Wants and the Growth of Demand', Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 11 (1), January, 23-36 -- A.T. Peacock (1994), 'Welfare Economics and Public Subsidies to the Arts', Journal of Cultural Economics, 18 (2), June, 151-61 -- Tyler Cowen (1996), 'Why I Do Not Believe in the Cost-Disease: Comment on Baumol', Journal of Cultural Economics, 20 (3), 207-14 -- Tyler Cowen and Alexander Tabarrok (2000), 'An Economic Theory of Avant-Garde and Popular Art, or High and Low Culture', Southern Economic Journal, 67 (2), October, 232-53 -- Bryan Caplan and Tyler Cowen (2004), 'Do We Underestimate the Benefits of Cultural Competition?', American Economic Review, 94 (2), May, 402-7 -- Richard Swedberg (2006), 'The Cultural Entrepreneur and the Creative Industries: Beginning in Vienna', Journal of Cultural Economics, 30 (4), December, 243-61 -- Elizabeth Currid (2007), 'The Economics of a Good Party: Social Mechanics and the Legitimization of Art/Culture', Journal of Economics and Finance, 31 (3), Fall, 386-94 -- Michael Hutter (2011), 'Infinite Surprises: On the Stabilization of Value in the Creative Industries', in Jens Beckert and Patrik Aspers (eds), The Worth of Goods: Valuation and Pricing in the Economy, Chapter 9, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 201-20 -- Gary B. Magee (2005), 'Rethinking Invention: Cognition and the Economics of Technological Creativity', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 57 (1), May, 29-48 -- R. Alexander Bentley (2009) 'Fashion versus Reason in the Creative Industries', in Michael J. O'Brien and Stephen J. Shennan (eds), Innovation in Cultural Systems: Contributions from Evolutionary Anthropology, Chapter 8, Cambridge, MA and London, UK: MIT Press, 121-26 -- John Hartley and Lucy Montgomery (2009), 'Fashion as Consumer Entrepreneurship: Emergent Risk Culture, Social Network Markets, and the Launch of Vogue in China', Chinese Journal of Communication, 2 (1), March, 61-76 -- John Banks and Jason Potts (2010), 'Co-creating Games: A Co-evolutionary Analysis', New Media and Society, 12 (2), March, 253-70 -- Jason Potts, John Hartley, John Banks, Jean Burgess, Rachel Cobcroft, Stuart Cunningham and Lucy Montgomery (2008), 'Consumer Co-creation and Situated Creativity', Industry and Innovation, 15 (5), October, 459-74 -- Richard E. Caves (2003), 'Contracts between Art and Commerce', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (2), Spring, 73-84 -- John Quiggin (2013), 'The Economics of New Media', in John Hartley, Jean Burgess and Axel Bruns (eds), A Companion to New Media Dynamics, Chapter 5, Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell, 90-103 -- Arthur De Vany and W. David Walls (1996), 'Bose-Einstein Dynamics and Adaptive Contracting in the Motion Picture Industry', Economic Journal, 106 (439), November, 1493-514.
    Abstract: Arthur S. De Vany and W. David Walls (2004), 'Motion Picture Profit, the Stable Paretian Hypothesis, and the Curse of the Superstar', Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 28 (6), March, 1035-57 -- Jason Potts, Simon Cunningham, John Hartley and Paul Ormerod (2008), 'Social Network Markets: A New Definition of the Creative Industries', Journal of Cultural Economics, 32 (3), September, 167-85 -- Jason Potts (2012), 'Novelty-Bundling Markets', Advances in Austrian Economics, 16, 291-312 -- Pierre-Michel Menger (1999), 'Artistic Labor Markets and Careers', Annual Review of Sociology, 25, 541-74 -- Martin Kretschmer, George Michael Klimis and Chong Ju Choi (1999), 'Increasing Returns and Social Contagion in Cultural Industries', British Journal of Management, 10 (1), September, S61-S72 -- Peter E. Earl and Jason Potts (2013), 'The Creative Instability Hypothesis', Journal of Cultural Economics, 37 (2), May, 153-73 -- Christian Handke (2006), 'Plain Destruction or Creative Destruction? Copyright Erosion and the Evolution of the Record Industry', Review of Economic Research on Copyright Issues, 3 (2), 29-51 -- Stuart Cunningham (2012), 'Emergent Innovation through Coevolution of Informal and Formal Media Economies', Television and New Media, 13 (5), September, 415-30 -- Hasan Bakhshi and Eric McVittie (2009), 'Creative Supply-Chain Linkages and Innovation: Do the Creative Industries Stimulate Business Innovation in the Wider Economy?', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 169-89 -- Kathrin Müller, Christian Rammer and Johannes Trüby (2009), 'The Role of Creative Industries in Industrial Innovation', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 148-68 -- Ron Martin and Peter Sunley (2003), 'Deconstructing Clusters: Chaotic Concept or Policy Panacea?', Journal of Economic Geography, 3 (1), January, 5-35 -- Richard Florida (2002), 'Bohemia and Economic Geography', Journal of Economic Geography, 2 (1), January, 55-71 -- Allen J. Scott (2006), 'Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Industrial Development: Geography and the Creative Field Revisited,' Small Business Economics, 26 (1), February, 1-24 -- Luciana Lazzeretti, Rafael Boix and Francesco Capone (2008), 'Do Creative Industries Cluster? Mapping Creative Local Production Systems in Italy and Spain', Industry and Innovation, 15 (5), October, 549-67 -- Michele Boldrin and David Levine (2002), 'The Case Against Intellectual Property', American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 209-12 -- Benjamin Klein, Andres V. Lerner and Kevin M. Murphy (2002), 'The Economics of Copyright "Fair Use" in a Networked World', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 92 (2), May, 205-8 -- Hal R. Varian (2005), 'Copying and Copyright', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (2), Spring, 121-38 -- Ruth Towse (2010), 'Creativity, Copyright and the Creative Industries Paradigm', Kyklos, 63 (3), August, 461-78 -- Christian Handke (2012), 'Digital Copying and the Supply of Sound Recordings', Information Economics and Policy, 24 (1), March, 15-29.
    Abstract: Mikko Mustonen (2003), 'Copyleft - the Economics of Linux and Other Open Source Software', Information Economics and Policy, 15 (1), March, 99-121 -- Josh Lerner and Jean Tirole (2002) 'Some Simple Economics of Open Source' Journal of Industrial Economics, 50 (2), June, 197-234 -- Erik Brynjolfsson, Ju (Jeffrey) Yu and Michael D. Smith (2002), 'Consumer Surplus in the Digital Economy: Estimating the Value of Increased Product Variety at Online Booksellers', Management Science, 49 (11), November, 1580-96 -- Peter Tschmuck (2003), 'How Creative are the Creative Industries? A Case of the Music Industry', Journal of Arts Management, Law, and Society, 33 (2), Summer, 127-41 -- John Quiggin (2006), 'Blogs, Wikis and Creative Innovation', International Journal of Cultural Studies, 9 (4), December, 481-96 -- Stuart Cunningham (2002), 'From Cultural to Creative Industries: Theory, Industry and Policy Implications', Media Information Australia, 102, February, 54-65 -- Ann Markusen, Gregory H. Wassall, Douglas DeNatale and Randy Cohen (2008), 'Defining the Creative Economy: Industry and Occupational Approaches', Economic Development Quarterly, 22 (1), February, 24-45 -- Peter Higgs and Stuart Cunningham (2008), 'Creative Industries Mapping: Where Have We Come From and Where Are We Going?', Creative Industries Journal, 1 (1), 7-30 -- Kate Oakley (2004), 'Not So Cool Britannia: The Role of Creative Industries in Economic Development', International Journal of Cultural Studies, 7 (1), March, 67-77 -- Jason Potts (2009), 'Why Creative Industries Matter to Economic Evolution', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 18 (7), October, 663-73 -- Jason Potts and Stuart Cunningham (2008), 'Four Models of the Creative Industries', International Journal of Cultural Policy, 14 (3), August, 233-47 -- Francisco Marco-Serrano, Pau Rausell-Koster and Raul Abeledo-Sanchis (2014), 'Economic Development and the Creative Industries: A Tale of Causality', Creative Industries Journal, 7 (2), 81-91 -- Jason Potts (2009), 'Creative Industries & Innovation Policy', Innovation: Management, Policy and Practice, 11 (2), August, 138-47 -- Phil Cooke and Lisa De Propris (2011), 'A Policy Agenda for EU Smart Growth: The Role of Creative and Cultural Industries', Policy Studies, 32 (4), July, 365-75.
    Abstract: This timely research review explores the emerging concept of the economics of creative industries. Professor Potts analyses key papers authored by leading scholars in the field which cover the evolution and development of this new area of study. Topics addressed in this review include economic theory foundations, creative economic agents, contracts and organizations, creative industries dynamics and innovation, creative cities and clusters and digital new media and intellectual property
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784716202
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,984 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 318
    Keywords: Manpower policy ; Labor market ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Anders Björklund and Robert Moffitt (1987), 'The Estimation of Wage Gains and Welfare Gains in Self-Selection Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 69 (1), February, 42-49 -- James J. Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Nancy Clements (1997), 'Making the Most Out Of Programme Evaluations and Social Experiments: Accounting for Heterogeneity in Programme Impacts', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 487-535 -- James Heckman and Salvador Navarro-Lozano (2004), 'Using Matching, Instrumental Variables, and Control Functions to Estimate Economic Choice Models', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 30-57 -- James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2005), 'Structural Equations, Treatment Effects, and Econometric Policy Evaluation', Econometrica, 73 (3), May, 669-738 -- Edward Vytlacil (2002), 'Independence, Monotonicity, and Latent Index Models: An Equivalence Result', Econometrica, 70 (1), January, 331-41 -- J.P. Florens, J.J. Heckman, C. Meghir and E. Vytlacil (2008), 'Identification of Treatment Effects Using Control Functions in Models with Continuous, Endogenous Treatment and Heterogeneous Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 76 (5), September, 1191-206 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward Vytlacil (2010), 'Evaluating Marginal Policy Changes and the Average Effect of Treatment for Individuals at the Margin', Econometrica, 78 (1), January, 377-94 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (1997), 'On Two Stage Least Squares Estimation of the Average Treatment Effect in a Random Coefficient Model', Economics Letters, 56 (2), October, 129-33 -- Whitney K. Newey (2009), 'Two-step Series Estimation of Sample Selection Models', Econometrics Journal, 12 (S1), January, S217-S219 -- Jinyong Hahn and Geert Ridder (2013), 'Asymptotic Variance of Semiparametric Estimators with Generated Regressors', Econometrica, 81 (1), January, 315-40 -- James J. Heckman (1996), 'Randomization as an Instrumental Variable', Review of Economics and Statistics, 78 (2), May, 336-41 -- Joel L. Horowitz and Charles F. Manski (2000), 'Nonparametric Analysis of Randomized Experiments with Missing Covariate and Outcome Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 95 (449), March, 77-84 -- James Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura, Jeffrey Smith and Petra Todd (1998), 'Characterizing Selection Bias Using Experimental Data', Econometrica, 66 (5), September, 1017-98 -- Paul R. Rosenbaum and Donald B. Rubin (1983), 'The Central Role of the Propensity Score in Observational Studies for Causal Effects', Biometrika, 70 (1), April, 41-55 -- Donald B. Rubin and Neal Thomas (1996), 'Matching Using Estimated Propensity Scores: Relating Theory to Practice', Biometrics, 52 (1), March, 249-64 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1998), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator', Review of Economic Studies, 65 (2), April, 261-94 -- Jinyong Hahn (1998), 'On the Role of the Propensity Score in Efficient Semiparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 66 (2), March, 315-31 -- Keisuke Hirano, Guido W. Imbens and Geert Ridder (2003), 'Efficient Estimation of Average Treatment Effects Using the Estimated Propensity Score', Econometrica, 71 (4), July, 1161-89 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2006), 'Large Sample Properties of Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 74 (1), January, 235-67.
    Abstract: Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2008), 'On The Failure of the Bootstrap for Matching Estimators', Econometrica, 76 (6), November, 1537-57 -- Alberto Abadie and Guido W. Imbens (2011), 'Bias-Corrected Matching Estimators for Average Treatment Effects', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 29 (1), January, 1-11 -- James Heckman (1997), 'Instrumental Variables: A Study of Implicit Behavioral Assumptions Used in Making Program Evaluations', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 441-62 -- Guido W. Imbens (2004), 'Nonparametric Estimation of Average Treatment Effects under Exogeneity: A Survey', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 4-29 -- Guido W. Imbens and Joshua D. Angrist (1994), 'Identification and Estimation of Local Average Treatment Effects', Econometrica, 62 (2), March, 467-75 -- Joshua D. Angrist and Guido W. Imbens (1995), 'Two-Stage Least Squares Estimation of Average Causal Effects in Models with Variable Treatment Intensity', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 90 (430), June, 431-42 -- Joshua D. Angrist, Guido W. Imbens and Donald B. Rubin (1996), 'Identification of Causal Effects Using Instrumental Variables', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 91 (434), June, 444-55 -- James J. Heckman, Sergio Urzua and Edward Vytlacil (2006), 'Understanding Instrumental Variables in Models with Essential Heterogeneity', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXXXVIII (3), August, 389-432 -- Whitney K. Newey and James L. Powell (2003), 'Instrumental Variable Estimation of Nonparametric Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1565-78 -- Jinyong Hahn, Petra Todd and Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2001), 'Identification and Estimation of Treatment Effects with a Regression-Discontinuity Design', Econometrica, 69 (1), January, 201-9 -- David S. Lee and David Card (2008), 'Regression Discontinuity Inference with Specification Error', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 655-74 -- David S. Lee and Thomas Lemieux (2010), 'Regression Discontinuity Designs in Economics', Journal of Economic Literature, 48 (2), June, 281-355 -- Justin McCrary (2008), 'Manipulation of the Running Variable in the Regression Discontinuity Design: A Density Test', Journal of Econometrics, 142 (2), February, 698-714 -- Marianne Bertrand, Esther Duflo and Sendhil Mullainathan (2004), 'How Much Should We Trust Differences-in-Differences Estimates?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 119 (1), February, 249-75 -- Charles F. Manski (1997), 'The Mixing Problem in Programme Evaluation', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 537-53 -- Jeffrey M. Woolridge (2007), 'Inverse Probability Weighted Estimation for General Missing Data Problems', Journal of Econometrics, 141 (2), December, 1281-301 -- Jaap H. Abbring and Gerard J. Van den Berg (2003), 'The Nonparametric Identification of Treatment Effects in Duration Models', Econometrica, 71 (5), September, 1491-517, Corrigendum -- James J. Heckman and Salvador Navarro (2007), 'Dynamic Discrete Choice and Dynamic Treatment Effects', Journal of Econometrics, 136 (2), February, 341-96 -- Richard K. Crump, V. Joseph Hotz, Guido W. Imbens and Oscar A. Mitnik (2009), 'Dealing with Limited Overlap in Estimation of Average Treatment Effects', Biometrika, 96 (1), March, 187-99.
    Abstract: David Friedlander, David H. Greenberg and Philip K. Robins (1997), 'Evaluating Government Training Programs for the Economically Disadvantaged', Journal of Economic Literature, XXXV (4), December, 1809-55 -- David Card, Jochen Kluve and Andrea Weber (2010), 'Active Labour Market Policy Evaluations: A Meta-Analysis', Economic Journal, 120, 548, November, F452-F477 -- Howard S. Bloom, Larry L. Orr, Stephen H. Bell, George Cave, Fred Doolittle, Winston Lin and Johannes M. Bos (1997), 'The Benefits and Costs of JTPA Title II-A Programs: Key Findings from the National Job Training Partnership Act Study', Journal of Human Resources, 32 (3), Summer, 549-76 -- Jere R. Behrman, Susan W. Parker and Petra E. Todd (2011), 'Do Conditional Cash Transfers for Schooling Generate Lasting Benefits?: A Five-Year Follow-up of PROGRESA/Oportunidades', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (1), Winter, 93-122 -- Peta Z. Schochet, John Burghardt and Sheena McConnell (2008), 'Does Job Corps Work? Impact Findings from the National Job Corps Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 1864-86 -- Michael Lechner (1999), 'Earnings and Employment Effects of Continuous Off-the-Job Training in East Germany after Unification', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 17 (1), January, 74-90 -- Markus Frölich, Almas Heshmati and Michael Lechner (2004), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of Rehabilitation of Long-Term Sickness in Sweden', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 19 (3), May/June, 375-96 -- Michael Gerfin and Michael Lechner (2002), 'A Microeconometric Evaluation of the Active Labour Market Policy in Switzerland', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 854-93 -- James J. Heckman and Paul A. LaFontaine (2006), 'Bias-Corrected Estimates of GED Returns', Journal of Labor Economics, 24 (3), July, 661-700 -- Louis Jacobson, Robert Lalonde and Daniel G. Sullivan (2005), 'Estimating the Returns to Community College Schooling for Displaced Workers', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 271-304 -- Michael Lechner (2002), 'Program Heterogeneity and Propensity Score Matching: An Application to the Evaluation of Active Labor Market Policies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (2), May, 205-20 -- Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 -- Joshua D. Angrist (1989), 'Lifetime Earnings and the Vietnam Era Draft Lottery: Evidence from Social Security Administrative Records', American Economic Review, 80 (3), June, 313-36 -- Dan A. Black, Jeffrey A. Smith, Mark C. Berger and Brett J. Noel (2003), 'Is the Threat of Reemployment Services More Effective Than the Services Themselves? Evidence from Random Assignment in the UI System', American Economic Review, 93 (4), September, 1313-27 -- Wilbert Van der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 -- James J. Heckman, Hidehiko Ichimura and Petra E. Todd (1997), 'Matching as an Econometric Evaluation Estimator: Evidence from Evaluating a Job Training Programme', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 605-54 -- Martin Huber, Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'The Performance of Estimators Based on the Propensity Score', Journal of Econometrics, 175 (1), July, 1-21 -- Michael Lechner and Conny Wunsch (2013), 'Sensitivity of Matching-Based Program Evaluations to the Availability of Control Variables', Labour Economics, 21, April, 111-21 -- Matias Busso, John DiNardo and Justin McCrary (2014), 'New Evidence on the Finite Sample Properties of Propensity Score Reweighting and Matching Estimators', Review of Economics and Statistics, 96 (5), December, 885-97.
    Abstract: James Heckman, Jeffrey Smith and Chrsitopher Taber (1998), 'Accounting for Dropouts in Evaluations of Social Programs', Review of Economic and Statistics, LXXX (1), February, 1-14 -- James J. Heckman and Jeffrey A. Smith (1999), 'The Pre-Programme Earnings Dip and the Determinants of Participation in a Social Programme. Implications for Simple Programme Evaluation Strategies', Economic Journal, 109 (457), July, 313-48 -- James J. Heckman, Carolyn Heinrich and Jeffrey Smith (2002), 'The Performance of Performance Standards', Journal of Human Resources, 37 (4), Autumn, 778-811 -- John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1996), 'The Effect of Sample Selection and Initial Conditions in Duration Models: Evidence from Experimental Data on Training', Econometrica, 64 (1), January, 175-205 -- Curtis Eberwein, John C. Ham and Robert J. Lalonde (1997), 'The Impact of Being Offered and Receiving Classroom Training on the Employment Histories of Disadvantaged Women: Evidence from Experimental Data', Review of Economic Studies, 64 (4), October, 655-82 -- Gerard J. van den Berg, Bas van der Klaauw and Jan C. van Ours (2004), 'Punitive Sanctions and the Transition Rate from Welfare to Work', Journal of Labor Economics, 22 (1), January, 211-41 -- Jaap H. Abbring, Gerard J. van den Berg and Jan C. van Ours (2005), 'The Effect of Unemployment Insurance Sanctions on the Transition Rate from Unemployment to Employment', Economic Journal, 115 (505), July, 602-30 -- Barbara Sianesi (2004), 'An Evaluation of the Swedish System of Active Labor Market Programs in the 1990s', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 133-55 -- Peter Fredriksson and Per Johansson (2008), 'Dynamic Treatment Assignment: The Consequences for Evaluations Using Observational Data', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26 (4), October, 435-45 -- Daniel Friedlander and Philip K. Robins (1995), 'Evaluating Program Evaluations: New Evidence on Commonly Used Nonexperimental Methods', American Economic Review, 85 (4), September, 923-37 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (1999), 'Causal Effects in Nonexperimental Studies: Reevaluating the Evaluation of Training Programs', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 94 (448), December, 1053-62 -- Rajeev H. Dehejia and Sadek Wahba (2002), 'Propensity Score-Matching Methods for Nonexperimental Causal Studies', Review of Economics and Statistics, 84 (1), February, 151-61 -- Juan Jose Diaz and Sudhanshu Handa (2006), 'An Assessment of Propensity Score Matching as a Nonexperimental Impact Estimator: Evidence from Mexico's PROGRESA Program', Journal of Human Resources, 41 (2), Spring, 319-45 -- Stevem Glazerman, Dan M. Levy and David Myers (2003), 'Nonexperimental versus Experimental Estimates of Earnings Impacts', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 589, September, 63-93 -- Charles Michalopoulos, Howard S. Bloom and Carolyn J. Hill (2004), 'Can Propensity-Score Methods Match the Findings from a Random Assignment Evaluation of Mandatory Welfare-to-Work Programs?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 86 (1), February, 156-79 -- Jeffrey A. Smith and Petra E. Todd (2005), 'Does Matching Overcome LaLonde's Critique of Nonexperimental Estimators?', Journal of Econometrics, 125 (1-2), March-April, 305-53 -- Elizabeth Ty Wilde and Robinson Hollister (2007), 'How Close Is Close Enough? Evaluating Propensity Score Matching Using Data from a Class Size Reduction Experiment', Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 26 (3), Summer, 455-77.
    Abstract: This timely research review pinpoints seminal works on active labour market policies. Topics covered in this review include econometric policy evaluation, social experiments, regression discontinuity designs, evaluations of active labour market policies and ending with final conclusions on evaluating the evaluations
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784716493
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The great financial meltdown
    DDC: 330.9/0511
    RVK:
    Keywords: 2007-2009 ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Welt ; Economic policy ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise
    Abstract: Part I -- Introduction -- 1. The crisis in context / Turan Subasat -- 2. Roots of the current economic crisis: capitalism, forms of capitalism, policies, and contingent events / David M. Kotz -- Part II -- Crisis and profitability -- 3. Crisis theory and the falling rate of profit / David Harvey -- 4. Monocausality and crisis theory - a reply to David Harvey / Michael Roberts -- 5. Booms, depressions, and the rate of profit: a pluralist, inductive guide / Alan Freeman -- Part III -- The crisis in economic and social reproduction -- 6. A global approach to the global financial crisis / John Weeks -- 7. The incubator of the great meltdown of 2008: the structure and practices of US neoliberalism as attacks on labor / Al Campbell and Erdogan Bakir -- 8. The value of history and the history of value / Radhika Desai -- 9. The systemic failings in framing neo-liberal social policy / Ben Fine -- 10. The policy-based and conjunctural causes of the 2008 crisis / Turan Subasat -- 11. The systemic causes of the 2008 crisis - an alternative theoretical perspective / Turan Subasat -- Part IV crisis and finance -- 12. Inequality, money markets and crisis / Simon Mohun -- 13. The crisis of finance and the crisis of accumulation: it was not a 'Lehman Brothers moment' / Jan Toporowski -- 14. Contradictions of capital accumulation in the age of financialization / Özgür Orhangazi -- 15. Which crisis, of which capitalism? a Marxian and financial Keynesian interpretation of neoliberalism and the great recession / Riccardo Bellofiore -- 16. The contested nature of financialization in emerging capitalist economies / Annina Kaltenbrunner and Elif Karacimen -- Part V -- The crisis unfolds -- 17. The Greek crisis: structural or conjunctural? / Stavros D. Mavroudeas -- 18. Greece, global fault-lines and the disintegrative logics of Germany's primacy in Europe / Vassilis K. Fouskas -- 19. Conclusions / John Weeks.
    Abstract: The Great Financial Meltdown reviews, advocates and critiques the systemic, conjunctural and policy-based explanations for the 2008 crisis. The book expertly examines these explanations to assess their analytical and empirical validity. Comprehensive yet accessible chapters, written by a collection of prominent authors, cover a wide range of political economy approaches to the crisis, from Marxian through to Post Keynesian and other heterodox schools. This interrogation of economic policy in light of the financial crisis is essential reading for real-word economists. To those seeking to understand the current economic stagnation and failings of the system, it offers an enlightening exposition of contemporary political economy
    Note: Contributors include: E. Bakir, R. Bellofiore, A. Campbell, R. Desai, B. Fine, D. Fouskas, A. Freeman, D. Harvey, A. Kaltenbrunner, E. Karacimen, D. Kotz, S. Mavroudeas, S. Mohun, O. Orhangazi, M. Roberts, T. Subasat, J. Toporowski, J. Weeks , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9781785367366
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; volume 2: Schools of thought in economics
    Keywords: Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Schools of economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. Antiquity / Bertram Schefold -- 2. Economic Thought in Scholasticism / Irina Chaplygina and André Lapidus -- 3. Cameralism / Keith Tribe -- 4. Mercantilism and the Science of Trade / Thierry Demals -- 5. French Enlightenment / Thierry Demals and Gilbert Faccarello -- 6. Italian Enlightenment / Pier Luigi Porta -- 7. Scottish Enlightenment / Anthony Brewer -- 8. British Classical Political Economy / Christian Gehrke -- 9. French Classical Political Economy / Alain Béraud -- 10. Bullionist and Anti-bullionist Schools / Jérôme de Boyer des Roches and Ricardo Solis Rosales -- 11. Banking and Currency Schools / Neil Skaggs -- 12. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in France / Michel Bellet -- 13. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Britain and the United States / Noel Thompson -- 14. Non Marxian Socialist Ideas in Germany and Austria / Günther Chaloupek -- 15. Marxism(s) / John E. King -- 16. German and Austrian school / Heinz D.Kurz -- 17. British Marginalism / John Creedy -- 18. Lausanne School / Roberto Baranzini and François Allisson -- 19. Historical Economics / Simon Cook and Keith Tribe -- 20. Institutionalism / Malcolm Rutherford -- 21. Russian School of Mathematical Economics / Andrey A. Belykh -- 22. Cambridge School of Economics / Maria Cristina Marcuzzo and Annalisa Rosselli -- 23. Stockholm (Swedish) School / Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 24. Chicago School / Ross B. Emmett -- 25. Monetarism / Arash Molavi Vasséi -- 26. New Classical Macroeconomics / Peter Spahn -- 27. Public Choice / Charles B. Blankart -- 28. Neo Ricardian Economics / Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 29. Keynesianism / Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 30. Post-Keynesianism / Marc Lavoie -- 31. New Keynesianism / Corrado Benassi.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume II contains entries on the major schools of economic thought and analysis. These schools differ with regard to their 'vision' of the working of the economic system, the major forces and interactions that shape its path and the policy recommendations proposed. At any moment of time, several such schools typically compete with one another, striving for dominance within the economic and political discourse
    Note: Contributors include: F. Allisson, R. Baranzini, M. Bellet, A.A. Belykh, C. Benassi, A. Béraud, C.B. Blankart, A. Brewer, G. Chaloupek, I. Chaplygina, S. Cook, J. Creedy, J. de Boyer des Roches, T. Demals, R.B. Emmett, G. Faccarello, C. Gehrke, G.C. Harcourt, J.E. King, H.D. Kurz, A. Lapidus, M. Lavoie, M.C. Marcuzzo, A. Molavi Vasséi, P.L. Porta, A. Rosselli, M. Rutherford, N. Salvadori, B. Schefold, N.T. Skaggs, R. Solis Rosales, H.-P. Spahn, N. Thompson, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360794
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,248 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Keywords: Competition ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Lysias (c. 386 B.C.), "Against the Corn Dealers." -- Case of Monopolies (1607), 11 Coke 84b-88b. The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-1266. -- Adam Smith (1776) An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London: Methuen. -- James Madison (1787), "The Federalist No. 10," in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.) (1961), The Federalist, Middletown, CT: Wesleyan University Press, 56-65. -- Henry C. Simons (1936), "The Requisites of Free Competition," American Economic Review, Supplement, 68-76. -- Ernst-Joachim Mestmäcker (1980), "Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations," Zeitschrift fuer die Gasamte Staatswissenschaft, September, 387-398. -- John Bates Clark (1900), "Trusts," Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-195. -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), "Private Monopolies and Public Rights," Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44. -- Robert Liefmann (1915), "Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy, Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-325. -- Richard T. Ely (1887), "The Future of Corporations," Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-266. -- Alfred Marshall (1980), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35. -- Jeriamiah W. Jenks (1900), The Trust Problem, New York: McClure, Phillips & Co. -- Eliot Jones (1920), "Is Competition in Industry Ruinous," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519. -- Kojiro Niino (1962), "The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition," Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62. -- Ruytaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press. -- Robert H. Bork (1966), "Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act", Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48. -- Robert H. Lande (1989), "Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust," Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-644. -- Richard A. Posner (1975), "The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation," Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-827. -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), "Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth," Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-194.
    Abstract: James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), "Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?" Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37. -- Kurt Bloch (1932) "On German Cartels," Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-222. -- David B. Audretsch (1989), "Legalized Cartels in West Germany," Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600. -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), "The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act," Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-545. -- John M. Connor and Robert H. Lande (2012), "Cartels as Rational Business Strategy: Crime Pays," Cardozo Law Review, 34 (2), 101-157. -- John M. Connor (2000), Global Price Fixing, Boston: Kluwer. -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), "Characteristics of Collusive Firms," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-237. -- James P. Cairns (1964), "Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience," Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-240. -- R. W. Shaw and S. A. Shaw (1983), "Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66. -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), "Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan," in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-239. -- William H. Nicholls (1949), "The Tabacco Case of 1946," American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-296. -- Jesse Markham (1951), "The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership," American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905. -- F. M. Scherer (2015), "The Federal Trade Commission, Oligopoly, and Shared Monopoly," Review of Industrial Organization, 46, 5-23. -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), "Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism," Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217. -- F. M. Scherer (1987), "Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress," New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Standard Oil as a Technological Innovator," Review of Industrial Organization, 38, 225-233. -- George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), "The Cellophane Case and the New Competition," American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), "Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations," Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-1531. -- Erich Kaufer (1980), "The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition," Zeitschrift für die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-532.
    Abstract: Eleanor M. Fox (1986), "Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness," Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020. -- F. M. Scherer (2011), "Abuse of Dominance by High Technology Enterprises: A Comparison of U.S. and E.C. Approaches," Economia e Politica Industriale (Journal of Industrial and Business Economics), March, 39-62. -- Richard E. Caves (1974), "International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets," Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November 1-34. -- Lester G. Telser (1966), "Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse," Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-270. -- Basil S. Yamey (1972), "Predtatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments," Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42. -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), "Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors," Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April 266-296. -- Phillip Areeda and Donald F. Turner (1975), "Predatory Pricing and Related Practices under Section 2 of the Sherman Act," Harvard Law Review, 88 (4), February, 697-733. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), "Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis," Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-II, VII, 284-315, 337-340. -- William J. Baumol (1979), "Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing," Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November 1-26. -- George J. Stigler (1950), "Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger," American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34. -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), "Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?" Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-118. -- Shaw Livermore (1935), "The Success of Industrial Mergers," Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96. -- Jürgen Müller (1976), "The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), 113-132. -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), "The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study," Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXIII (2), December, 165-177. -- Henry G. Manne (1965), "Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control," Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, April, 110-120. -- Richard E. Caves (1989), "Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight," International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-174. -- Ajit Singh (1971), Take-overs: Their Relevance to the Stock Market and the Theory of the Firm, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), " Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs," American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36. -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15.
    Abstract: F. M. Scherer (2012), "Merger Efficiencies and Competition Policy," Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development conference paper, DAF/COMP/WD(2012). -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), "Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy," European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-550. -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1981), "Market Power in Antitrust Cases," Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-983. -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), "The Extent of the Market," Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-585. -- F. M. Scherer (2009), "On the Paternity of a Market Delineation Approach," American Antitrust Institute working paper 09-01, http://www.antitrustinstitute.org/content/aai-working-paper-no-09-01-paternity-market-delineation-approach. -- The Economist (2016), March, 23-28. -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), "Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages, " Journal of Law and Economics, XVII (2), October, 329-356. -- F. M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42 (4), Fall, 461-487. -- The Case of Monopolies', (1907), 11 Coke 84b-88b, The English Reports, LXXVII, 1260-66 -- Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, in Edwin Cannan (ed.), London, Methuen, Volume I, 63-4, 124-7, 130, Volume II, 245-6 -- James Madison (1961), 'The Federalist No. 10', in Jacob E. Cooke (ed.), The Federalist, Middletown, CT; Wesleyan University Press, 56-65 -- Arthur T. Hadley (1887), 'Private Monopolies and Public Rights', Quarterly Journal of Economics, reprinted 1961, 1, 28-44 -- Richard T. Ely (1887), 'The Future of Corporations', Harper's New Monthly Magazine, 75, July, 259-66 -- Alfred Marshall (1890), Some Aspects of Competition: Presidential Address Delivered to the Economic Science and Statistics Section of the British Association, at Leeds, 1890, London: Harrison and Sons, 5-35 -- John Bates Clark (1900), 'Trusts', Political Science Quarterly, XV (2), June, 181-95 -- Henry C. Simons (1936), 'The Requisites of Free Competition', American Economic Review, XXVI (1), March (Supplement), 68-76 -- Robert Liefmann (1915), 'Monopoly or Competition as the Basis of a Government Trust Policy', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXIX, 308-25 -- Eliot Jones (1920), 'Is Competition in Industry Ruinous', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XXXIV, 473-519 -- Kojiro Niino (1962), 'The Logic of Excessive Competition - With Reference to the Japanese Inter-firm Competition', Kobe University Economic Review, 8, 51-62.
    Abstract: Ryutaro Komiya (1990), The Japanese Economy: Trade, Industry, and Government, Tokyo: Tokyo University Press, 297-301, notes and references -- Robert H. Bork (1966), 'Legislative Intent and the Policy of the Sherman Act', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 7-48 -- Robert H. Lande (1989), 'Chicago's False Foundation: Wealth Transfers (Not Just Efficiency) Should Guide Antitrust', Antitrust Law Journal, 58, 631-44 -- Richard A. Posner (1975), 'The Social Costs of Monopoly and Regulation', Journal of Political Economy, 83 (4), August, 807-27 -- William S. Comanor and Robert H. Smiley (1975), 'Monopoly and the Distribution of Wealth', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXIX (2), May, 177-94 -- James C. Miller III, Thomas F. Walton, William E. Kovacic and Jeremy A. Rabkin (1984), 'Industrial Policy: Reindustrialization Through Competition or Coordinated Action?', Yale Journal on Regulation, 2 (1), 1-37 -- (1926), 'Against the Corn Dealers', Lysias, Classical Library, Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 490-503 -- Kurt Bloch Dr. (1932), 'On German Cartels', Journal of Business, V (3), July, 213-22 -- Emst-Joachim Mestmacker (1980), 'Competition Policy and Antitrust: Some Comparative Observations', Zeitschrtfi filr die Gesamte Staatswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 387-98, 404-7 -- David B. Audretsch (1989), 'Legalized Cartels in West Germany', Antitrust Bulletin, 34, Fall, 579-600 -- Klaus Stegemann (1977), 'The Exemption of Specialization Agreements: As Proposed for Stage II Amendments to the Combines Investigation Act', Canadian Public Policy, 3 (4), Autumn, 533-45 -- James P. Cairns (1964), 'Benefits from Restrictive Agreements: The British Experience', Canadian Journal of Economics and Political Science, XXX (2), May, 228-40 -- R.W. Shaw and S.A. Shaw (1983), 'Excess Capacity and Rationalisation in the West European Synthetic Fibres Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXII (2), December, 149-66 -- Merton J. Peck, Richard C. Levin and Akira Goto (1988), 'Picking Losers: Public Policy Toward Declining Industries in Japan', in John B. Shoven (ed.), Government Policy Towards Industry in the United States and Japan, Cambridge: CUP, 195-221, 235-9 -- William H. Nicholls (1949), 'The Tobacco Case of 1946', American Economic Review, XXXIX (3), May, 284-96 -- Jesse W. Markham (1951), 'The Nature and Significance of Price Leadership', American Economic Review, XLI, December, 891-905 -- Peter Asch and Joseph J. Seneca (1975), 'Characteristics of Collusive Firms', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXIII, March, 223-37 -- Charles J. Bullock (1901), 'Trust Literature: A Survey and a Criticism', Quarterly Journal of Economics, XV, February, 167-217 -- F.M. Scherer (1987), 'Antitrust, Efficiency, and Progress', New York University Law Review, 62 (5), November, 998-1019.
    Abstract: George W. Stocking and Willard F. Mueller (1955), 'The Cellophane Case and the New Competition', American Economic Review, XLV, March, 29-63 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1972), 'Dominant Firms and the Monopoly Problem: Market Failure Considerations', Harvard Law Review, 85, June, 1512-31 -- Erich Kaufer (1980), 'The Control of the Abuse of Market Power by Market-Dominant Firms Under the German Law Against Restraints of Competition', Zeitschrifi fir die Gesamte Staaiswissenschaft, 136 (3), September, 510-32 -- Eleanor M. Fox (1986), 'Monopolization and Dominance in the United States and the European Community: Efficiency, Opportunity, and Fairness', Notre Dame Law Review, 61 (5), 981-1020 -- Richard E. Caves (1974), 'International Trade, International Investment, and Imperfect Markets', Special Papers in International Economics No. 10, International Finance Section, Princeton University, November, 1-34 -- L.G. Telser (1966), 'Cutthroat Competition and the Long Purse', Journal of Law and Economics, IX, October, 259-70 -- B.S, Yamey (1972), 'Predatory Price Cutting: Notes and Comments', Journal of Law and Economics, XV (1), April, 129-42 -- Malcolm R. Burns (1986), 'Predatory Pricing and the Acquisition Cost of Competitors', Journal of Political Economy, 94 (2), April, 266-96 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1977), 'Predatory Pricing: A Strategic and Welfare Analysis', Yale Law Journal, 87 (284), December, Sections I-H, VII, 284-315, 337-40 -- William J. Baumol (1979), 'Quasi-Permanence of Price Reductions: A Policy for Prevention of Predatory Pricing', Yale Law Journal, 89 (1), November, 1-26 -- George J. Stigler (1950), 'Monopoly and Oligopoly by Merger', American Economic Review, XL (2), May, 23-34 -- George Bittlingmayer (1985), 'Did Antitrust Policy Cause the Great Merger Wave?', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), April, 77-98, 116-18 -- Shaw Livermore (1935), 'The Success of Industrial Mergers', Quarterly Journal of Economics, L, November, 68-96 -- Jürgen Müller (1976), 'The Impact of Mergers on Concentration: A Study of Eleven West German Industries', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXV (2), December, 113-32 -- David M. Barton and Roger Sherman (1984), 'The Price and Profit Effects of Horizontal Merger: A Case Study', Journal of Industrial Economics, XXXHI (2), December, 165-77 -- Henry G. Marine (1965), 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXHI, April, 110-20 -- Richard E. Caves (1989), 'Mergers, Takeovers, and Economic Efficiency: Foresight vs. Hindsight', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 7, March, 151-74 -- Oliver E. Williamson (1968), 'Economies as an Antitrust Defense: The Welfare Tradeoffs', American Economic Review, LVIII, March, 18-36 -- Alexis Jacquemin (1990), 'Horizontal Concentration and European Merger Policy', European Economic Review, 34, May, 539-50.
    Abstract: William M. Landes and vRichard A. Posner (1981), 'Market Power in Antitrust Cases', Harvard Law Review, 94 (5), March, 937-83 -- George J. Stigler and Robert A. Sherwin (1985), 'The Extent of the Market', Journal of Law and Economics, XXVIII (1), October, 555-85 -- U.S. Department of Justice Merger Guidelines (June 14 1984), 1-11, 13-15 -- William Breit and Kenneth G. Elzinga (1974), 'Antitrust Enforcement and Economic Efficiency: The Uneasy Case for Treble Damages', Journal of Law and Economics, XVH (2), October, 329-56 -- F.M. Scherer (1990), 'Sunlight and Sunset at the Federal Trade Commission', Administrative Law Review, 42, Fall, 461-87.
    Abstract: This review draws on a collection of seminal writings dealing with the development of competition policy in Europe, the United States and Japan. It begins by discussing the writings of leading philosophers and scholars on the rationale and desirability of competition in market economies. These interpretations range in time of origin from ancient Greece through to Adam Smith and James Madison to very recent contributions in the competition policy debate. Having established relevant philosophical foundations, the review offers analyses by leading British, American, German and Japanese scholars on the interpretation and administration of laws concerning price-fixing and other restrictive agreements, market dominance and monopolization, predatory practices and mergers
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    ISBN: 9781783474318
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The global south after the crisis
    DDC: 330.9051
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftslage ; Finanzpolitik ; Entwicklungsländer ; Schwellenländer ; Financial crises ; Global Financial Crisis, 2008-2009 ; Finanskriser ; Ulandsøkonomi ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Finanzkrise ; Entwicklungsländer ; Geschichte 2008-2009
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. The impacts of the 2008 global financial crisis on developing countries: the case of the 15 most affected countries / Hasan Cömert and Esra Nur Uğurlu -- 2. A tale of two worlds? income distribution and the global crisis: observations from the north/south nexus / Serdal Bahçe and Ahmet Haşim Köse -- 3. Central banking in developing countries after the crisis: what has changed? / Ahmet Benlialper and Hasan Cömert -- 4. Monetary transmission in Africa: a review of official sources / Rex A. McKenzie -- 5. Commodities economy in times of crisis: Bolivia after the global financial meltdown / Orlando Justo and Juan E. Santarcángelo -- 6. The Brazilian economy after the 2008 global financial crisis: the end of the macroeconomic tripod's golden age / Marcos Reis, Andre De Melo Modenesi and Rui Lyrio Modenesi -- 7. The global financial crisis: impact and response from Malaysia / Shankaran Nambiar -- 8. The impacts of the global crisis on the Turkish economy, and policy responses / Hasan Cömert and Mehmet Selman Çolak.
    Abstract: The Global South after the Crisis is an appraisal and analysis of how the Great Recession of 2008 to 2009 unfolded in the developing world and an exploration of its effects on those countries, particularly on each one's economic management. Essays identify the ways in which the crisis was transmitted to these countries and the associated policy responses of the governments concerned. This volume is split into two accessible sections. The first part concentrates on the impact of the crisis on growth, inequality, policy responses and policy shifts in key areas such as central banking. The second part comprises individual country case studies and includes an exploration of the vulnerabilities related to the integration of developing economies into the world economy. This well-integrated compilation of both original case studies and thematic essays will be of interest to scholars and professionals working in the development field and other readers wishing to obtain an understanding of socio-economic developments in the wider world. Aid workers, policy makers, and social science researchers will also find value in this book
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, A. Benlialper, M.S. Çolak, H. Cömert, A. de Melo Modenesi, O. Justo, A.H. Kös, R.A. McKenzie, R.L. Modenesi, S. Nambiar, M. Reis, J.E. Santarcángelo, E.N. Ugurlu , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719548
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,664 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 320
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Keywords: Bankenregulierung ; Corporate Governance ; Bankmanagement ; Financial institutions Management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance, and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- Stephen A. Buser, Andrew H. Chen and Edward J. Kane (1981), 'Federal Deposit Insurance, Regulatory Policy, and Optimal Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, XXXVI (1), March, 51-60 -- Michael C. Keeley (1990), 'Deposit Insurance, Risk, and Market Power in Banking', American Economic Review, 80 (5), December, 1183-200 -- Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Enrica Detragiache (2002), 'Does Deposit Insurance Increase Banking System Stability? An Empirical Investigation', Journal of Monetary Economics, 49 (7), October, 1373-406 -- Michael Koehn and Anthony M. Santomero (1980), 'Regulation of Bank Capital and Portfolio Risk', Journal of Finance, XXXV (5), December, 1235-44 -- Daesik Kim and Anthony M. Santomero (1988), 'Risk in Banking and Capital Regulation', Journal of Finance, XLIII (5), December, 1219-33 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, LV (6), 2431-65 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'Is the Glass-Steagall Act Justified? A Study of the U.S. Experience with Universal Banking Before 1933', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 810-32 -- Jith Jayaratne and and Philip E. Strahan (1996), 'The Finance-Growth Nexus: Evidence from Bank Branch Deregulation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 111 (3), August, 639-70 -- Thomas F. Hellman, Kevin C. Murdock and Joseph E. Stiglitz (2000), 'Liberalization, Moral Hazard in Banking, and Prudential Regulation: Are Capital Requirements Enough?', American Economic Review, 90 (1), March, 147-65 -- Anjan V. Thakor (1996), 'Capital Requirements, Monetary Policy, and Aggregate Bank Lending: Theory and Empirical Evidence', Journal of Finance, LI (1), March, 279-324 -- Viral V. Acharya (2009), 'A Theory of Systemic Risk and Design of Prudential Bank Regulation', Journal of Financial Stability, 5 (3), September, 224-55 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2004), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision: What Works Best?', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 13 (2), April, 205-48 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2013), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision in 180 Countries from 1999 to 2011', Journal of Financial Economic Policy, 5 (2), 111-219 -- Anthony Saunders, Elizabeth Strock and Nickolaos G. Travlos (1990), 'Ownership Structure, Deregulation, and Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Finance, XLV (2), June, 643-54 -- Gerard Caprio, Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2007), 'Governance and Bank Valuation', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 16 (4), October, 584-617 -- Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2009), 'Bank Governance, Regulation and Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 93 (2), August, 259-75 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2002), 'Government Ownership of Banks', Journal of Finance, LVII (1), February, 265-301 -- Gary Gorton and Richard Rosen (1995), 'Corporate Control, Portfolio Choice, and the Decline of Banking', Journal of Finance, L (5), December, 1377-420.
    Abstract: Joel F. Houston and Christopher James (1995), 'CEO Compensation and Bank Risk. Is Compensation in Banking Structured to Promote Risk Taking?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 36 (2), 405-31 -- Kose John, Anthony Saunders and Lemma W. Senbet (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Regulation and Management Compensation', Review of Financial Studies, 13 (1), January, 95-125 -- Renée B. Adams and Hamid Mehran (2012), 'Bank Board Structure and Performance: Evidence for Large Bank Holding Companies', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 21 (2), 243-67 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach and René M. Stulz (2011), 'Bank CEO Incentives and the Credit Crisis', Journal of Financial Economics, 99 (1), January, 11-26 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach, Robert Prilmeier and René M. Stulz (2012), 'This Time Is the Same: Using Bank Performance in 1998 to Explain Bank Performance during the Recent Financial Crisis', Journal of Finance, LXVII (6), December, 2139-85 -- Takeo Hoshi, Anil Kashyap and David Scharfstein (1991), 'Corporate Structure, Liquidity, and Investment: Evidence from Japanese Industrial Groups', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 106 (1), February, 33-60 -- Gary Gorton and Frank A. Schmid (2000), 'Universal Banking and the Performance of German Firms', Journal of Financial Economics, 58 (1-2), 29-80 -- Allen N. Berger, Anthony Saunders, Joseph M. Scalise and Gregory F. Udell (1988), 'The Effects of Bank Mergers and Acquisitions on Small Business Lending', Journal of Financial Economics, 50 (2), November, 187-229 -- Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1991), 'The Dominance of Inefficiencies Over Scale and Product Mix Economies in Banking', Journal of Monetary Economics, 28 (1), August, 117-48 -- John H. Boyd and David E. Runkle (1993), 'Size and Performance of Banking Firms: Testing the Predictions of Theory', Journal of Monetary Economics, 31 (1), February, 47-67 -- John H. Boyd and Gianni De Nicoló (2005), 'The Theory of Bank Risk Taking and Competition Revisited', Journal of Finance, LX (2), June, 1329-43 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), 497-513 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2001), 'Liquidity Risk, Liquidity Creation, and Financial Fragility: A Theory of Banking', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (2), April, 287-327 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998) 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, LIII (4), August, 1245-84 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Financial Contagion', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (1), February, 1-33 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (1997), 'Contagion and Bank Failures During the Great Depression: The June 1932 Chicago Banking Panic', American Economic Review, 87 (5), December, 863-83 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (2003), 'Fundamentals, Panics, and Bank Distress During the Depression', American Economic Review, 93 (5), December, 1615-47 -- Donald P. Morgan (2002), 'Rating Banks: Risk and Uncertainty in an Opaque Industry', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 874-88 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Jean Tirole (1997), 'Financial Intermediation, Loanable Funds, and the Real Sector', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CXII (3), August, 663-91.
    Abstract: Andrea Beltratti and René M. Stulz (2012), 'The Credit Crisis Around the Globe: Why Did Some Banks Perform Better?', Journal of Financial Economics, 105 (1), July, 1-17 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez de Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1998), 'Law and Finance', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (6), December, 1113-55 -- Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Ross Levine (2003), 'Law, Endowments, and Finance', Journal of Financial Economics, 70 (2), November, 137-81 -- Raghuram G. Rajan and Luigi Zingales (2003), 'The Great Reversals: The Politics of Financial Development in the Twentieth Century', Journal of Financial Economics, 69 (1), July, 5-50 -- Benjamin C. Esty (1998), 'The Impact of Contingent Liability on Commercial Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 47 (2), February, 189-218 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Philip E. Strahan (1999), 'What Drives Deregulation? Economics and Politics of the Relaxation of the Bank Branching Restrictions', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114 (4), November, 1437-67 -- Asim Ijaz Khwaja and Atif Mian (2005), 'Do Lenders Favor Politically Connected Firms? Rent Provision in an Emerging Financial Market', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 120 (4), November, 1371-411 -- I. Serdar Dinç (2005), 'Politicians and Banks: Political Influences on Government-Owned Banks in Emerging Markets', Journal of Financial Economics, 77 (2), August, 453-79 -- Noel Maurer and Stephen Haber (2007), 'Related Lending and Economic Performance: Evidence from Mexico', Journal of Economic History, 67 (3), September, 551-81 -- Pietro Veronesi and Luigi Zingales (2010), 'Paulson's Gift', Journal of Financial Economics, 97 (3), September, 339-68 -- Emmanuel Farhi and Jean Tirole (2012), 'Collective Moral Hazard, Maturity Mismatch, and Systemic Bailouts', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 60-93 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739.
    Abstract: This research review contains fifty influential articles published over the past four decades on the regulation and governance of financial institutions. Some contribute by making theoretical advances that enhance the conceptual framework through which economists view financial institutions, and others contribute by assembling data and evaluating the predictions of these different models. Including an original introduction, the papers provide a foundation for understanding and conducting additional research into the regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363740
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als What's wrong with Keynesian economic theory?
    DDC: 330.15/6
    RVK:
    Keywords: Keynesianismus ; Kritik ; Keynesian economics ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Keynessche Theorie ; Kritik
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. The Keynesian liquidity trap: an Austrian critique / Peter Boettke and Patrick Newman -- 2. What the entrepreneurial problem reveals about Keynesian macroeconomics / Per L. Bylund -- 3. A critique of two key concepts in Keynesian textbooks / Tim Congdon -- 4. The misdirection of Keynesian aggregates for understanding monetary and cyclical processes / Richard M. Ebeling -- 5. Cycles and slumps in an overly aggregated theoretical framework / Roger W. Garrison -- 6. The problems with Keynesianism: a view from Austrian capital theory / Steven Horwitz -- 7. The dangers of Keynesian economics / Steven Kates -- 8. The problem of Keynesian aggregation / Arnold Kling -- 9. What's wrong with Keynesian economists? / Art Laffer -- 10. Capital, saving and employment / George Reisman -- 11. What's wrong with Keynesian economics? / David Simpson -- 12. Move over keynes: replacing Keynesianism with a better model / Mark Skousen -- 13. The conclusive fault line in Keynesian economics / Peter Smith.
    Abstract: One of the most striking phenomena in all of economics is the absence of a deep tradition of criticism focused on Keynesian economic theory. There have been critics but they are few and far between, even though Keynesian demand management has been at the centre of some of the worst economic outcomes in history, from the great stagflation of the 1970s to the twenty-year 'lost decade' in Japan that has been ongoing since the 1990s, and now, once again, the dismal recoveries that have followed the Global Financial Crisis. This book brings together some of the most vocal critics of Keynesian economics of the present time. Each author attempts to explain what is wrong with Keynesian theory for those seeking guidance on where to turn for a more accurate explanation of the business cycle and what to do when recessions occur. The contributions are by scholars from a wide number of schools of economics, which include but are not restricted to Austrian, monetarist and classical perspectives. Written not just for economists, this accessible book is one of the few anti-Keynesian texts available and explains the inability of public spending and lower interest rates to have restored robust economic growth and full employment after the GFC. The collection offers an antidote to contemporary macroeconomic theory. It is an essential text for anyone wishing to understand why no stimulus has been able to bring recovery to any economy in which it has been tried
    Note: Contributors include: P. Boettke, P.L. Bylund, T. Congdon, R.M. Ebeling, R.W. Garrison, S. Horwitz, S. Kates, A. Kling, A.B. Laffer, P. Newman, G. Reisman, D. Simpson, M. Skousen, P. Smith , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9781785369575
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Kdi/ewc series on economic policy
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Macroprudential regulation of international finance
    DDC: 332/.042
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzmarktaufsicht ; Finanzmarktregulierung ; International finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Internationaler Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung ; Internationaler Kreditmarkt ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: 1. Introduction and overview / Dongsoo Kang and Andrew Mason -- 2. Macroprudential policies: indicators and tools / Hyun Song Shin -- 3. Business and financial cycles in emerging markets: lessons for macroprudential policies / Stijn Claessens and Swati R. Ghosh -- 4. Capital controls: a pragmatic proposal / Maria Socorro Gochoco-Bautista and Changyong Rhee -- 5. Irrational expectations, financial amplification and prudential capital controls / Sangwon Suh and Jinsoo Lee -- 6. The optimal international reserves with sudden stop risks / Kyu-Chul Jung -- 7. International reserves for emerging economies at various angles / Jong-Eun Lee -- 8. Foreign currency liquidity risk and prudential regulation of banks / Joon-Ho Hahm and Sungbin Cho -- 9. Investment patterns of foreign bank branches in Korea and their role in the foreign exchange market / Dongsoo Kang and Daehee Jeong -- 10. The role of reserves in a small open economy: the case of New Zealand / Anella Munro and Michael Reddell -- 11. Facing volatile capital flows: the role of exchange rate flexibility and foreign assets / Rodrigo Cifuentes and Alejandro Jara -- 12. Risk hedging in Korea's financial markets: the impacts of foreign investment / Changwoo Nam.
    Abstract: Recent events, such as capital flow reversals and banking sector crises, have shaken faith in the widely held belief in the benefits of greater financial integration and financial deepening, which are typical in advanced economies. This book shows that emerging economies have occasionally weathered the storm best, despite the supposed burden of 'weak institutions'. Written by leading scholars and practitioners, the authors demonstrate that a better policy framework requires reliable indicators of vulnerability to financial instability. Using empirical evidence and case studies, the twelve chapters stress the necessity of improved policy tools and automatic stabilizers that anticipate and limit the vulnerabilities to financial crises. Cross-border capital flows, international reserves and foreign exchange markets are covered in depth. This timely book offers an insightful overview and policy solutions to the issues surrounding macroprudential regulation of economies in a globalized world. It is required reading for students and scholars of international finance and regulation
    Note: Contributors include: S. Cho, R. Cifuentes, S. Claessens, S.R. Ghosh, M.S. Gochoco-Bautista, J.-H. Hahm, A. Jara, D. Jeong, K.-C. Jung, D. Kang, J. Lee, J.-E. Lee, A. Mason, A. Munro, C. Nam, M. Reddell, C. Rhee, H.S. Shin, S. Suh , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784719760
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (640 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Keywords: Evolutionary economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Veblen, T. (1898), "Why is Economics Not an Evolutionary Science?" Quarterly Journal of Economics, -- Marshall, A. (1961[1890]), Principles of Economics, London: Macmillan -- Hodgson, G.M. (1993), Economics and Evolution: Bringing Life Back into Economics, Cambridge: Polity Press -- Bowler, P.J. (1989), Evolution - The History of an Idea, Berkeley: University of California Press -- Mirowski, P. (1988), Against Mechanism - Protecting Economics from Science, Totowa, NJ: Rowman & Littlefield -- Mas-Colell, A., Whinston, M.D., and Green, J.R. (1995), Microeconomic Theory, Oxford: Oxford University Press -- Witt, U. (2008), "What is Specific About Evolutionary Economics?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 18, 547-575 -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1934[1912]), Theory of Economic Development, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press (first published as Theorie der Wirtschaftlichen Entwicklung, 1912) -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1908), Das Wesen und der Hauptinhalt der theoretischen Nationalökonomie, Leipzig: -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1910), "Über das Wesen der Wirtschaftskrisen", Zeitschrift für Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und Verwaltung, 19, 271-325 -- Witt, U. (2014), "The Future of Evolutionary Economics: Why the Modalities of Explanations Matter", Journal of Institutional Economics, 10, 645-664 -- McClelland, D.C. and Winter, D.G. (1969), Motivating Economic Achievement, New York: Free Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1939), Business Cycles: A Theoretical, Historical, and Statistical Analysis of the Capitalist Process, New York: McGraw-Hill -- Andersen, E.S. (2009), Schumpeter's Evolutionary Economics, London: Anthem -- Freeman, C. (1984), Long Waves in the World Economy, London: Pinter -- Iwai, K. (1984), "Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5, 159-190 -- Klepper, S. (1997), "Industry Life Cycles", Industrial and Corporate Change, 6, 145-181 -- Fagerberg, J. (2003), "Schumpeter and the Revival of Evolutionary Economics: An Appraisal of the Literature", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 13, 125-159 -- Metcalfe, J.S., Foster, J., and Ramlogan, R. (2006), "Adaptive Economic Growth", Cambridge Journal of Economics, 30, 7-32.
    Abstract: Foster, J. (2011), "Evolutionary Macroeconomics: A Research Agenda", Journal of Evolutionary -- Kurz, H. (2012), "Schumpeter's New Combinations", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 22, 871-899 -- Shane, S.A. and Venkataraman, S. (2000), "The Promise of Entrepreneurship as a Field of Research", Academy of Management Review, 25, 217-226 -- Sahal, D. (1981), Patterns of Technological Innovations, New York: Addison-Wesley -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (1982), An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Schumpeter, J.A. (1942), Capitalism, Socialism and Democracy, New York: Harper -- Reinganum, J.F. (1985), "Innovation and Industry Evolution", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 100, 81-99 -- Aghion, P., Bloom, N., Blundell, R., Griffith, R., and Howitt, P. (2005), "Competition and Innovation: An Inverted-U Relationship", Quarterly Journal of -- Kamien, M.I. and Schwarz, N.L. (1982), Market Structure and Innovation, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Baldwin, W.L. and Scott, J.T. (1987), Market Structure and Technological Change, Chur: Harwood Academic Publishers -- Cohen, W.M. (2010), "Fifty Years of Empirical Studies of Innovative Activity and Performance", in B.W. Hall and N. Rosenberg (eds), Handbook of the Economics of Innovation, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 129-213 -- Alchian, A.A. (1950), "Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory", Journal of Political Economy, 58, 211-221 -- Penrose, E.T. (1952), "Biological Analogies in the Theory of the Firm", American Economic Review, 42, 804-819 -- Friedman, M. (1953), "The Methodology of Positive Economics", in M. Friedman (ed.), Essays in Positive Economics, Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 3-43 -- Winter, S.G. (1964), "Economic 'Natural Selection' and the Theory of the Firm", Yale Economic Essays, 4, 225-272 -- Winter, S.G. (1971), "Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovating Remnant", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 85, 237-261 -- Nelson, R.R. and Winter, S.G. (2002), "Evolutionary Theorizing in Economics", Journal of Economic Perspectives, 16, 23-46 -- Hanusch, H. and Pyka, A. (eds) (2007), Elgar Companion to Neo-Schumpeterian Economics, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Simon, H.A. (1955), "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice", Quarterly Journal of Economics, 69, 99-118.
    Abstract: March, J.G. and Simon, H.A. (1958), Organizations, New York: Wiley -- Cyert, R.M. and March, J.G. (1963), A Behavioral Theory of the Firm, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall -- Dopfer, K. (2011), "Economics in a Cultural Key: Complexity and Evolution Revisited", in J.B. Davis and D.W. Hands (eds), Elgar Companion to Recent Economic Methodology, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Andersen, E.S. (1994), Evolutionary Economics - Post-Schumpeterian Contributions, London: Pinter -- Kwasnicki, W. (1996), Knowledge, Innovation and Economy - An Evolutionary Exploration, Cheltenham, UK and Brookfield, VT, USA: Edward Elgar -- Cantner, U. and Pyka, A. (2001), "Classifying Technology Policy from an Evolutionary Perspective", Research Policy, 30, 759-775 -- Becker, M.C. (2004), "Organizational Routines: A Review of the Literature", Industrial and Corporate Change, 13, 643-677 -- Lazaric, N. and Raybaut, A. (2005), "Knowledge, Hierarchy and the Selection of Routines:An Interpretative Model with Group Interactions", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 15, 393-421 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1994), "Competition, Fisher's Principle and Increasing Returns in the Selection Process", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 4, 327-346 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2002), "On the Optimality of the Competitive Process: Kimura's Theorem and Market Dynamics", Journal of Bioeconomics, 4, 109-133 -- Metcalfe, J.S. (2008), "Accounting for Economic Evolution: Fitness and the Population Method", Journal of -- Metcalfe, J.S. (1998), Evolutionary Economics and Creative Destruction, London: Routledge -- Dosi, G., Nelson, R.R., and Winter S.G. (2000), "Introduction: The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities", in G. Dosi, R.R. Nelson, and S.G. Winter (eds), The Nature and Dynamics of Organizational Capabilities, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1-22 -- Murmann, J.P., Aldrich, H., Levinthal, D., and Winter S. (2003), "Evolutionary Thought in Management and Organization Theory at the Beginning of the New Millennium", Journal of Management Inquiry, 12, 1-19 -- Witt, U. (2011), "Emergence and Functionality of Organizational Routines: An Individualistic Approach", Journal of Institutional Economics, 7, 157-174 -- Joosten, R. (2006), "Walras and Darwin: An Odd Couple?" Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 16, 561-573 -- Hayek, F.A. (1945), "The Use of Knowledge in Society", American Economic Review, 35, 519-530 -- Hayek, F.A. (1978), "Competition as a Discovery Procedure", in F.A. Hayek (ed.), New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge, 179-190 -- Shackle, G.L.S. (1979), Imagination and the Nature of Choice, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
    Abstract: Witt, U. (2009), "Propositions About Novelty", Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 70, 311-320 -- Fisher, F.M. (1983), Disequilibrium Foundations of Equilibrium Economics, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- David, P.A. (1985), "Clio and the Economics of QWERTY", American Economic Review, 75 (Papers & Proceedings), 332-337 -- Arthur, W.B., Ermoliev, Y.M., and Kaniovsky, Y.M. (1987), "Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-structure", European Journal of Operations Research, 30, 294-303 -- Wilson, D.S. (2015), "Two Meanings of Complex Adaptive Systems", in D.S. Wilson and A. Kirman (eds), Complexity and Evolution - A New Synthesis for Economics, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press -- Arthur, W.B. (1994), Increasing Returns and Path Dependence in the Economy, Ann Arbor: University of -- Hayek, F.A. (1988), The Fatal Conceit, London: Routledge -- Richerson, P.J., Baldini, R., Bell, A., Demps, K., Frost, K., Hillis, V., Methew, S., Narr, N., Newson, L., Newton, E., Ross, C., Smaldino, P., Waring, T., and Zefferman, M.R. (2015), "Cultural Group Selection Plays an Essential Role in Explaining Human Cooperation: A Sketch of Evidence", Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 760, 1-71 -- Menger, C. (1985 [1883]), Investigations into the Method of the Social Sciences with Special Reference to Economics (first published as Untersuchungen ueber die Methode der Socialwissenschaften und der Politischen Ökonomie, 1883) New York: New York University Press -- Young, P. (1998), Individual Strategy and Social Structure: An Evolutionary Theory of Social -- North, D.C. (1997), Institutions, Institutional Change and Economic Performance, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- North, D.C., Wallis, J.J., and Weingast, B.R. (2009), Violence and Social Order, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press -- Ostrom, E. (2014), "Do Institutions Collective Action Evolve?" Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 3-30 -- Kuran, T. (1995), Private Truths, Public Lies - The Social Consequences of Preference Falsification, -- Brown, G.R. and Richerson, P.J. (2014), "Applying Evolutionary Theory to Human Behavior: Past Differences and Current Debates", Journal of Bioeconomics, 16, 105-128 -- Boulding, K.E. (1981), Evolutionary Economics, Beverly Hills: Sage Publications -- Marchetti, C. (1980), "Society as a Learning System: Discovery, Invention, and Innovation Cycles Revisited", Technological Forecasting and Social Change, 18, 267-282 -- Buenstorf, G. (2004), The Economics of Energy and the Production Process - An Evolutionary Approach, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar -- Ayres, R.U. and Warr, B. (2009), The Economic Growth Engine - How Energy and Work Drive Material Prosperity, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA, USA: Edward Elgar.
    Abstract: Georgescu-Roegen, N. (1971), The Entropy Law and the Economic Process, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press -- Day, R.H. and Walter J.-L. (1989), "Economic Growth in the Very Long Run: On the Multiple-Phase Interactions of Population, Technology, and Social Infrastructure", in W.A. Barnett, J. Geweke and K. Shell (eds), Economic Complexity, Chaos, Sunspots, Bubbles, and Nonlinearity, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 253-289 -- van den Bergh, J.C.J.M. (2007), "Evolutionary Thinking in Environmental Economics", Journal of Evolutionary Economics, 17, 521-549 -- Joseph A. Schumpeter (1947), 'The Creative Response in Economic History', Journal of Economic History, VH (2), November, 149-59 -- Joseph Schumpeter (1928), 'The Instability of Capitalism', Economic Journal, XXXVHI (151), September, 361-86 -- Christopher Freeman (1990), 'Schumpeter's Business Cycles Revisited', in Arnold Heertje and Mark Perlman (eds), Evolving Technology and Market Structure - Studies in Schumpeterian Economics, Aim Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 17-38 -- Armen A. Alchian (1950), 'Uncertainty, Evolution, and Economic Theory', Journal of Political Economy, LVIH, 211-21 -- Sidney G. Winter (1971), 'Satisficing, Selection, and the Innovaring Remnant', Quarterly Journal of Economics, LXXXV (2), May, 237-61 -- Richard R. Nelson and Sidney G. Winter (1980), 'Firm and Industry Response to Changed Market Conditions: An Evolutionary Approach', Economic Inquiry, XVIII (2), April, 179-202 -- Katsuhito Iwai (1984), 'Schumpeterian Dynamics: An Evolutionary Model of Innovation and Imitation', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 5 (2), June, 159-90 -- R.C.O. Matthews (1984), 'Darwinism and Economic Change', in D.A. Collard , N.H. Dimsdale , C.L. Gilbert , D.R. Helm , M.F.G. Scott and A.K. Sen (eds), Economic Theory and Hicksian Themes, Oxford: Clarendon Press, 91-117 -- John M. Gowdy (1985), 'Evolutionary Theory and Economic Theory: Some Methodological Issues, Review of Social Economy, XLIII (3), December, 316-24 -- Jack Hirshleifer (1982), 'Evolutionary Models in Economics and Law: Cooperation Versus Conflict Strategies', Research in Law and Economics, 4, 1-60 -- W. Brian Arthur, Yu M. Ermoliev and Yu M. Kaniovski (1987), 'Path-Dependent Processes and the Emergence of Macro-Structure', European Journal of Operational Research, 30 (3), June, 294-303 -- Paul A. David (1985), 'Clio and the Economics of QWERTY', American Economic Review, 75 (2), May, 332-7 -- Timur Kuran (1989), 'Sparks and Prairie Fires: A Theory of Unanticipated Political Revolution', Public Choice, 61, 41-74 -- G. Haag, W. Weidlich and G. Mensch (1987), 'The Schumpeter Clock', in D. Batten , J. Casti and B. Johansson (eds), Economic Evolution and Structural Adjustment, Berlin: Springer, 187-226 -- Brian Loasby (1983), 'Knowledge, Learning and Enterprise', in J. Wiseman (ed.), Beyond Positive Economics?, New York: St. Martin's Press, 104-21 -- Stan Metcalfe (1989), 'Evolution and Economic Change', in Audrey Silberston (ed.), Technology and Economic Progress, London: Macmillan Press, 54-85.
    Abstract: F.A. Hayek (1978), 'Competition as a Discovery Procedure', in F.A. Hayek , New Studies in Philosophy, Politics, Economics and the History of Ideas, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 179-90 -- Ulrich Witt (1985), 'Coordination of Individual Economic Activities as an Evolving Process of Self-Organization', tconomie Appliquie, XXXVII, 569-95 -- Robert Boyd and Peter J. Richerson (1980), 'Sociobiology, Culture and Economic Theory', Journal of Economic Behavior and Organization, 1 (2), June, 97-121 -- F.A. Hayek (1967), 'Notes on the Evolution of Systems of Rules of Conduct', Studies in Philosophy, Politics and Economics, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 66-81 -- Viktor Vanberg (1986), 'Spontaneous Market Order and Social Rules: A Critical Examination of F.A. Hayek's Theory of Cultural Evolution', Economics and Philosophy, 2 (1), April, 75-100.
    Abstract: Evolutionary economics has become a major heterodox approach over the last decades. Its roots can be traced back to Schumpeter and Veblen. More recently, an important role is also played by analogies to evolutionary biology, notably to natural selection models. As this research review explains, the approach of evolutionary economics offers an improved understanding of market processes, industry dynamics, structural change, and economic growth as being driven by human innovativeness
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781782544685
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (848 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of alternative theories of economic development
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftstheorie ; Entwicklungstheorie ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Welt ; Economic development ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Wirtschaftstheorie ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Erik S. Reinert, Rainer Kattel and Jayati Ghosh -- Part I development thinking across history and geography -- 2. Giovanni Botero (1588) and Antonio Serra (1613): Italy and the birth of development economics / Erik S. Reinert -- 3. Economic emulation and the politics of international trade in early modern Europe / Sophus A. Reinert -- 4. Cameralism and the German tradition of development economics / Erik S. Reinert and Philipp R. Rössner -- 5. Friedrich List: from "spiritual" and competitive power to collaboration / Arno Mong Daastøl -- 6. Kathedersozialismus and the German historical school / Wolfgang Drechsler -- 7. Chinese development thinking / Ting Xu -- 8. The economic cycle of imperial China and its development / Xuan Zhao -- 9. The Islamic world and capitalism / Ali Kadri -- 10. Unity and diversity in the Ottoman school of national economy: a reappraisal of Ziya Gökalp and Ethem Nejat / Eyüp Özveren, Mehmet Salih Erkek and Hüseyin Safa Ünal -- 11. Development thinking in India / Goddanti Omkarnath -- 12. Latin american structuralism: the co-evolution of technology, structural change and economic growth / Mario Cimoli and Gabriel Porcile -- 13. Revisiting the debate on national autonomous development in Africa / Issa G. Shivji -- 14. Development as the struggle for liberation from hegemonic structure of domination and control / Yash Tandon -- 15. The League of Nations and alternative economic perspectives / Carolyn N. Biltoft -- 16. The Havana charter: when state and market shake hands / Jean-Christophe Graz -- 17. The UNCTAD system of political economy / Ricardo Bielschowsky and Antonio Carlos Macedo E Silva -- Part II approaches to understanding development -- 18. Marxist theory and the "underdeveloped economies" / Prabhat Patnaik -- 19. Economic development as an evolutionary process / Richard B. Nelson -- 20. Classical development economists of the mid-20th century / Rainer Kattel, Jan A. Kregel and Erik S. Reinert -- 21. Development and régulation theory / Robert Boyer -- 22. The "dependency school" and its aftermath: why Latin America's critical thinking switched from one type of "absolute certainties" to another / José Palma -- 23. Feminist approaches to development / Maria Sangrario Floro -- 24. Reading Freeman when ladders for development are gone / Rodrigo Arocena and Judith Sutz -- 25. Albert O. Hirschman / Michele Alacevich -- 26. Michal Kalecki / Jayati Ghosh -- Part III issues in development -- 27. The agrarian question and trajectories of economic transformation: a perspective from agrarian south / Sam Moyo, Praveen Jha and Paris Yeros -- 28. The effective demand approach to economic development / Jan A. Kregel -- 29. Development planning / C.p. Chandrasekhar -- 30. The Nordic route to development / Lars Mjøset -- 31. Competitiveness and development: a Schumpeterian approach / Mehdi Shafaeddin -- 32. Innovation systems and development: history, theory and challenges / Bengt-Åke Lundvall -- 33. Latecomer industrialisation / John A. Mathews -- 34. The developmental state in the late 20th century / Elizabeth Thurbon and Linda Weiss -- 35. Development, ecology and the environment / Edward B. Barbier and Jacob P. Hochard -- 36. Competition, competition policy, competitiveness, globalisation and development / Ajit Singh -- 37. Knowledge governance: intellectual property management for development and the public interest / Leonardo Burlamaqui -- 38. Legal structures and economic development / Jürgen G. Backhaus -- 39. Deindustrialisation and premature deindustrialisation / Fiona Tregenna -- 40. The post-Soviet industrial extinctions and the rise of jihadi terrorism in the north Caucasus / Georgi Derluguian -- 41. Epilogue: the future of economic development between utopias and dystopias / Sylvi Endresen, Ioan Ianos, Erik S. Reinert and Andrea Saltelli.
    Abstract: The Handbook of Alternative Theories of Economic Development explores the theories and approaches which, over a prolonged period of time, have existed as viable alternatives to today's mainstream and neo-classical tenets. With a total of 40 specially commissioned chapters, written by the foremost authorities in their respective fields, this volume represents a landmark in the field of economic development. It elucidates the richness of the alternative and sometimes misunderstood ideas which, in different historical contexts, have proved to be vital to the improvement of the human condition. 2The subject matter is approached from several complementary perspectives. From a historical angle, the Handbook charts the mercantilist and cameralist theories that emerged from the Renaissance and developed further during the Enlightenment. From a geographical angle, it includes chapters on African, Chinese, Indian, and Muslim approaches to economic development. Different schools are also explored and discussed including nineteenth century US development theory, Marxist, Schumpeterian, Latin American structuralism, regulation theory and world systems theories of development. In addition, the Handbook has chapters on important events and institutions including The League of Nations, The Havana Charter, and UNCTAD, as well as on particularly influential development economists. Contemporary topics such as the role of finance, feminism, the agrarian issue, and ecology and the environment are also covered in depth. This comprehensive Handbook offers an unrivalled review and analysis of alternative and heterodox theories of economic development. It should be read by all serious scholars, teachers and students of development studies, and indeed anyone interested in alternatives to development orthodoxy
    Note: Contributors include: M. Alacevich, R. Arocena, J.G. Backhaus, E.B. Barbier, R. Bielschowsky, C.N. Biltoft, R. Boyer, L. Burlamaqui, C.P. Chandrasekhar, M. Cimoli, A.M. Daastøl, G. Derluguian, W. Drechsler, S. Endresen, M.S. Erkek, M.S. Floro, J. Ghosh, J.-C. Graz, J.P. Hochard, I. Ianos, P. Jha, A. Kadri, R. Kattel, J.A. Kregel, B.-Å. Lundvall, A.C. Macedo e Silva, J.A. Mathews, L. Mjøset, S. Moyo, R.R. Nelson, G. Omkarnath, E. Özveren, J.G. Palma, P. Patnaik, G. Porcile, E.S. Reinert, S.A. Reinert, P.R. Rössner, A. Saltelli, M. Shafaeddin, A. Singh, I.G. Shivji, J. Sutz, Y. Tandon, E. Thurbon, F. Tregenna, H.S. Ünal, L. Weiss, T. Xu, P. Yeros, X. Zhao , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360848
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (3 v) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Law and economics ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Ronald H. Coase, 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, III (October), 1-44 (1960) -- Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations (1776) -- Jeremy Bentham, Of Laws in General (1782) -- Jeremy Bentham, Introduction to the Principles of Morals and Legislation (1789) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'Economics and Contiguous Disciplines', Journal of Legal Studies, 7, 201-11 (1978) -- Charles K. Rowley, 'Social Sciences and Law: The Relevance of Economic Theories', Oxford Journal of Legal Studies, 1 (3), 391-405 (1981) -- Guido Calabresi, 'About Law and Economics: A Letter to Ronald Dworkin',Hofstra Law Review, 8, 553-62 (1980) -- Richard A. Posner, 'An Economic Theory of the Criminal Law', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October,1193-231 (1985a) -- James Buchanan, 'Good Economics-Bad Law',Virginia Law Review, 60, 483-92 (1974) -- Charles K. Rowley, 'The Common Law in Public Choice Perspective: A Theoretical and Institutional Critique', Hamline Law Review, 12, 355-83 (1989) -- William M. Landes, 'An Economic Analysis of the Courts',Journal of Law and Economics, 14, 61-107 (1971) -- Paul H. Rubin, 'Why is the Common Law Efficient?',Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 51-63 (1977) -- George L. Priest, 'The Common Law Process and the Selection of Efficient Rules', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 65-82, (1977) -- George L. Priest and Benjamin Klein, 'The Selection of Disputes for Litigation', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (1), January, 1-55 (1984) -- Robert D. Cooterand Lewis Kornhauser, 'Can Litigation Improve the Law Without the Help of Judges?',Journal of Legal Studies, 9, 139-63 (1980) -- Robert D. Cooter and Daniel L. Rubinfeld, 'Economic Analysis of Legal Disputes and Their Resolution', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVII, September, 1067-97 (1989) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Social Versus the Private Incentive to Bring Suit in a Costly Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 11, 333-9 (1982) -- Peter S. Menell, 'A Note on Private Versus Social Incentives to Sue in a Costly Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 12, 41-52 (1983) -- Susan Rose-Ackermann and Mark Geistfeld, 'The Divergence between Social and Private Incentives to Sue: A Comment on Shavell, Menell, and Kaplow', Journal of Legal Studies, 16, 483-91 (1987).
    Abstract: Lewis Kaplow, 'Private Versus Social Costs in Bringing Suits', Journal of Legal Studies, 15, 371-85 (1986) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Fundamental Divergence between the Private and the Social Motive to Use the Legal System',Journal of Legal Studies, 26, 575-612 (1997) -- Steven Shavell, 'The Level of Litigation: Private Versus Social Optimality of Suit and of Settlement',International Review of Law and Economics, 19, 99-115 (1999) -- Anthony Niblett, Richard Posner and Andrei Shleifer, The Evolution of a Legal Rule, NBER Working Papers No. 13856, National Bureau of Economic Research (2008) -- Richard A. Posner, 'What Do Judges and Justices Maximize? The Same Thing Everybody Else Does',Supreme Court Economic Review, 3, 1-41 (1994) -- Richard A. Posner, 'The Role of the Judge in the Twenty-First Century',Boston University Law Review, 86, 1049-68 (2006) -- Todd Zywicki, 'The Rise and Fall of Efficiency in the Common Law: A Supply-Side Analysis',Northwestern Law Review, 97, 1551-634 (2003) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'Litigation and the Evolution of Legal Remedies: A Dynamic Model',Public Choice, 116, 419-33 (2003) -- Francesco ParisiandVincyFon, The Economics of Lawmaking, Oxford University Press (2009) -- Paul H. Rubin, Evolution of the Efficient Common Law, Edward Elgar (2006) -- Richard A. Posner (1980), 'The Ethical and Political Basis of the Efficiency Norm in Common Law Adjudication', Hofstra Law Review, 8, 487-507 -- Robert C. Ellickson, Order Without Law: How Neighbors Settle Disputes, Harvard University Press (1991) -- Robert C. Ellickson (1994), 'The Aim of Order Without Law', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 150 (1), March, 97-100 -- Robert D. Cooter (1994), 'An Economic Model of Legal Discover', Journal of Legal Studies, XXIII, January, 435-63 -- Francesco Parisi, 'Toward a Theory of Spontaneous Law',Constitutional PoliticalEconomy, 6, 211-31 (1995b) -- Paul R. Milgrom, Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast, 'The Role of Institutions in the Revival of Trade: The Law Merchant, Private Judges, and the Champagne Fairs', Economics and Politics, 2, 1-23 (1990) -- Avner Greif, Paul Milgrom and Barry R. Weingast, 'Coordination, Commitment, and Enforcement: The Case of the Merchant Guild',Journal of Political Economy, 102, 745-76 (1994) -- Lisa Bernstein, 'Opting Out of the Legal System: Extralegal Contractual Relations in the Diamond Industry', Journal of Legal Studies, XXI, January, 115-57(1992) -- Lisa Bernstein, 'Merchant Law in a Merchant Court: Rethinking the Code's Search for Immanent Business Norms', University of Pennsylvania Law Review, 144, 1765-821 (1996).
    Abstract: Eric A. Feldman, 'The Tuna Court: Law and Norms in the World's Premier Fish Market',California Law Review, 94, 313-69 (2006) -- William M. Landes and Richard R. Posner, 'Adjudication as a Private Good', Journal of Legal Studies, VIII (2), March, 235-84 (1979) -- Jack L. Goldsmith and Eric A. Posner, 'A Theory of Customary International Law', University of Chicago Law Review, 66, 1113-77 (1999) -- Jack L. Goldsmith and Eric A. Posner, 'Understanding the Resemblance Between Modern and Traditional Customary International Law',Virginia Journal of International Law, 40, 639-72 (2000) -- Eric A. Posner and Alan O. Sykes, Economic Foundations of International Law, Belknap Press (2013) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'International Customary Law and Articulation Theories: An Economic Analysis', International Law and Management Review, 2, 201-33 (2007) -- VincyFonand Francesco Parisi, 'Role Reversibility, Stochastic Ignorance, and Social Cooperation', Journal of Socio-Economics, 37, 1061-75 (2008) -- Eugene Kontorovich, 'Inefficient Customs in International Law', William and Mary Law Review, 48, 859-922 (2006) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'The Federal Communications Commission', Journal of Law and Economics, II, October, 1-40 (1959) -- George J. Stigler, The Theory of Price, 3rdedn, Macmillan (1966) -- Harold Demsetz, 'Toward a Theory of Property Rights', American Economic Review, 57 (2), May, 347-59 (1967) -- Harold Demsetz, 'When Does the Rule of Liability Matter?',Journal of Legal Studies, I (1), January, 13-28 (1972) -- Guido Calabresi and A. Douglas Melamed, 'Property Rules, Liability Rules, and Inalienability: One View of the Cathedral', Harvard Law Review, 85 (6), April, 1089-128 (1972) -- Armen A. Alchian, 'Some Economics of Property Rights', Il Politico, 30, 816-29 (1965a) -- Richard A. Epstein, 'Holdouts, Externalities, and the Single Owner: One More Salute to Ronald Coase', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI, April, 553-86 (1993) -- Francesco Parisi, 'Private Property and Social Costs',European Journal of Law and Economics, 2 (2), June, 149-73 (1995a) -- James Buchanan, 'Coase Theorem and the Theory of the State',National Resources Journal, 13, 579-94 (1973) -- Gregory Sidak, 'The Inverse Coase Theorem and Declarations of War',Duke Law Journal, 41, 325-28 (1991) -- Francesco Parisi, 'Political Coase Theorem',Public Choice, 115, 1-36 (2003).
    Abstract: Barbara Luppiand Francesco Parisi, 'Politics With(out) Coase,' International Review of Economics (forthcoming); Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 11-44 -- George J. Stigler, 'Two Notes on the Coase Theorem', Yale Law Journal, 99 (3), December, 631-3 (1989) -- Robert C. Ellickson, 'Of Coase and Cattle: Dispute Resolution Among Neighbors in Shasta County', Yale Law School Faculty Scholarship Series, 466 (1986) -- Kenneth Vogel, 'The Coase Theorem and California Animal Trespass Law', Journal of Legal Studies, 16, 149-87 (1987) -- Paul Samuelson, 'Some Uneasiness with the Coase Theorem', Japan and the World Economy, 7, 1-7 (1995) -- A.W. Brian Simpson, 'Coase v. Pigou Reexamined', Journal of Legal Studies, 25, 53-98 (1996) -- Avinash Dixit and Mancur Olson, 'Does Voluntary Participation Undermine the Coase Theorem?',Journal of Public Economics, 76, 309-35 (2000) -- Christine Jolls, Cass Sunstein and Richard Thaler, 'A Behavioral Approach to Law and Economics',Stanford Law Review, 50, 1471-550 (1998) -- Richard A. Posner, 'Rational Choice, Behavioral Economics, and the Law', Stanford Law Review, 50, 1551-75 (1998) -- Richard A. Posner , Economic Analysis of Law, 8thedn, Aspen Publishing (2010) -- Richard A. Posner, 'Gratuitous Promises in Economics and Law',Journal of Legal Studies, 6, 411-26 (1977) -- Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott, 'Enforcing Promises: An Examination of the Basisof Contract', Yale Law Journal, 89 (7), June, 1261-88 and 1321-2 (1980) -- Ian Ayres and Robert Gertner, 'Filling Gaps in Incomplete Contracts: An Economic Theory of Default Rules', Yale Law Journal, 99 (1), October, 87-130 (1989) -- Anthony T. Kronman, 'Mistake, Disclosure, Information, and the Law of Contracts', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (1), January, 1-34 (1978) -- Oliver E. Williamson, The Economic Institutions of Capitalism, Free Press (1985) -- Anthony T. Kronman, 'Contract Law and the State of Nature', Journal of Law, Economics, and Organization, 1, 5-32 (1985) -- Timothy J. Muris, 'Opportunistic Behavior and the Law of Contracts', Minnesota Law Review, LXV, 521-75 and 589-90 (1981) -- John H. Barton, 'The Economic Basis of Damages for Breach of Contract', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 277-304 (1972) -- Steven Shavell, 'Damage Measures for Breach of Contract', Bell Journal of Economics, 11 (2), Autumn, 466-90 (1980a).
    Abstract: Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott, 'Liquidated Damages, Penalties and the Just Compensation Principle: Some Notes on an Enforcement Model and a Theory of Efficient Breach', Columbia Law Review, 77, 554-94 (1977) -- Alan Schwartz, 'The Case for Specific Performance', Yale Law Review, 89, December, 271-306 (1979) -- Guido Calabresi, 'Some Thoughts on Risk Distribution and the Law of Torts', Yale Law Journal, 70, 499-553 (1961) -- Guido Calabresi, The Costs of Accidents: A Legal and Economic Analysis, Yale University Press (1970) -- John Prater Brown, 'Toward an Economic Theory of Liability', Journal of Legal Studies, 2, 323-49 (1973) -- Peter A. Diamond, 'Accident Law and Resource Allocation', Bell Journal of Economics, 5, 366-405 (1974) -- Robert D. Cooterand Ariel Porat, 'Does Harm to Self Increase the Care Owed to Others? Law and Economics in Conflict', Journal of Legal Studies, 29, 19-34 (2000) -- Barbara Luppi, Francesco Parisi, and Daniel Pi, Double-Edged Torts, Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 12-57 (2013) -- Steven Shavell, 'Strict Liability Versus Negligence', Journal of Legal Studies, IX (1), January, 1-25 (1980b) -- Steven Shavell, 'Liability for Harm Versus Regulation of Safety', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 357-74(1984) -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner, 'The Positive Economic Theory of Tort Law', Georgia Law Review, 851 (1980) -- Guido Calabresi, 'The Decision for Accidents: An Approach to Non-Fault Allocation of Costs', Harvard Law Review, 78 (4), February, 713-45(1965) -- Guido Calabresi, Address, 6th Annual Meeting of the American Law and Economics Association, May 10 (1996) -- Guido Calabresi and Jeffrey Cooper, 'New Directions in Tort Law',Valparaiso University Law Review, 30, 859-884 (1996) -- Francesco Parisi and VincyFon, 'Comparative Causation', American Law and Economics Review, 6 (2), Fall (2004) -- Giuseppe Dari-Mattiacci, Bruno Lovat and Francesco Parisi, Loss Sharing between Non-Negligent Parties, Minnesota Legal Studies Research Paper No. 11-24 (2013) -- Michael Tonry, 'Learning from the Limitations of Deterrence Research',Crime and Justice, 37,279-311 (2008) -- Cheryl Marie Webster and Anthony N. Doob, 'Searching for Sasquatch: Deterrence of Crime Through Sentence Severity', in Joan Petersilia and Kevin R. Reitz (eds), Oxford Handbook of Sentencing and Corrections, Oxford University Press, 173-95 (2012) -- Douglas Husak, Overcriminalization: The Limits of the Criminal Law, Oxford University Press (2008).
    Abstract: Gary S. Becker, 'Crime and Punishment: An Economic Approach', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 169-217 (1968) -- George J. Stigler, 'The Optimum Enforcement of Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 78, 526-36 (1970) -- Issac Ehrlich, 'The Deterrent Effect of Criminal Law Enforcement', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 259-76 (1972) -- Charles R. Tittle, Sanctions and Social Deviance - the Question of Deterrence, National Science Foundation (1980) -- Richard C. Hollinger, 'Deterrence in the Workplace: Perceived Certainty, Perceived Severity, and Employee Theft',Social Forces, 62, 398-418 (1983) -- Daniel Kessler and Steven D. Levitt, 'Using Sentence Enhancements to Distinguish between Deterrence and Incapacitation',Journal of Law and Economics, 42, 343-64 (1999) -- Steven D. Levitt, 'The Case of the Critics Who Missed the Point: A Reply to Webster et al.', Criminology and Public Policy, 5, 449-60 (2006) -- Cheryl Marie Webster, Anthony Doob and Franklin Zimring, 'Proposition 8 and Crime Rates in California: The Case of the Disappearing Deterrent',Criminology and Public Policy, 5, 417-48 (2006) -- Michael Tonry, 'Learning from the Limitations of Deterrence Research', Crime and Justice, 37 (1), 279-311 (2008) -- Cheryl Marie Webster and Anthony N. Doob, 'Searching for Sasquatch: Deterrence of Crime Through Sentence Severity', in Joan Petersilia and Kevin R. Reitz (eds), The Oxford Handbook of Sentencing and Corrections, Oxford University Press, 173-95(2012) -- Silvia M. Mendes and Michael D. McDonald, 'Putting Severity of Punishment Back in the Deterrence Package', Policy Studies Journal, 29, 588-610 (2001) -- Silvia M. Mendes, 'Certainty, Severity, and Their Relative Deterrent Effects: Questioning the Implications of the Role of Risk in Criminal Deterrence Policy', Policy Studies Journal, 32, 59-74 (2004) -- Richard A. Posner, 'An Economic Theory of the Criminal Law',Columbia Law Review, 85, 1193-231 (1985b) -- Steven Shavell, 'Criminal Law and the Optimal Use of Nonmonetary Sanctions as a Deterrent', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October, 1232-62 (1985) -- William M. Landesand Richard A. Posner, 'The Private Enforcement of Law',Journal of Legal Studies, 4, 1-46 (1975) -- Gary S. Becker and George J. Stigler, 'Law Enforcement Malfeasance, and Compensation of Enforcers', Journal of Legal Studies, III (1), January, 1-18 (1974) -- John R. Lott, Jr., 'A Transaction-Costs Explanation for Why the Poor Are More Likely to Commit Crime',Journal of Legal Studies, 19, 243 (1990) -- Cathy Buchanan and Peter R. Hartley, 'Criminal Choice: An Economic View of Life Outside the Law',Policy, Autumn, 54-8 (1990) -- Manuel A. Utset, When Good People Do Bad Things: Time-Inconsistent Misconduct and Criminal Law, FSU Public Law Research Paper No. 232 (2006).
    Abstract: Frank H. Easterbrook, 'Criminal Procedure as a Market System', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), 289-332 (1983) -- Lloyd Cohen, 'Marriage, Divorce, and Quasi Rents; or, "I Gave Him the Best Years of My Life"', Journal of Legal Studies, XVI (2), 267-303 (1987) -- Elisabeth M. Landes and Richard A. Posner, 'The Economics of the Baby Shortage', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 323-48 (1978) -- Margaret F. Brinig, 'Rings and Promises', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 6 (1), Spring, 203-15 (1990) -- Ronald H. Coase, 'The Nature of the Firm', Economica, 4, 386-405 (1937) -- Armen Alchian, 'The Basis of Some Recent Advances in the Theory of Management and the Firm', Journal of Industrial Economics, 14, 30-41 (1965b) -- Armen Alchian, 'Corporate Management and Property Rights,' in H.G. Manne (ed.), Economic Policy and the Regulation of Corporate Securities, 337-60, American Enterprise Institute (1969) -- Henry G. Manne, 'Our Two Corporation Systems: Law and Economics', Virginia Law Review, 53 (2), March, 259-84 (1967) -- Harold Demsetz, 'The Cost of Transacting',Quarterly Journal of Economics, 82,33-53 (1968) -- Henry G. Manne, 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, 110-20 (1965) -- Ralph K. Winter, Jr, 'State Law, Shareholder Protection, and the Theory of the Corporation', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (2), June, 251-92 (1977) -- Frank H. Easterbrook and Daniel R. Fischel, 'Corporate Control Transactions', Yale Law Journal, 91 (4), March, 698-737 (1982) -- Michael C. Jensen and William H. Meckling, 'Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and Ownership Structure', Journal of Financial Economics, 3, 305-60 (1976) -- Oliver Williamson, 'Corporate Governance', Yale Law Journal, 93 (7), June, 1197-230 (1984) -- John R. Commons , Institutional Economics, University of Wisconsin Press (1934) -- Roberta Romano, 'Law as a Product: Some Pieces of the Incorporation Puzzle', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 1 (2), Fall, 225-83 (1985) -- Michelle J. White, 'The Corporate Bankruptcy Decision', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (2), Spring, 129-51 (1989) -- Richard A. Posner, 'The Constitution as an Economic Document', George Washington Law Review, 56 (1), November, 4-38 (1987b) -- John A. Ferejohn and Barry R. Weingast, 'A Positive Theory of Statutory Interpretation', International Review of Law and Economics, 12 (2), June, 263-79 (1992).
    Abstract: Richard A. Postier (1987), 'The Law and Economics Movement', American Economic Review, 77 (2), May, 1-13 -- Ronald H. Coase (1978), 'Economics and Contiguous Disciplines', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 201-11 -- Guido Calabresi (1980), 'About Law and Economics: A Letter to Ronald Dworkin', Hofstra Law Review, 9 (3), Spring, 553-62 -- Charles K. Rowley (1981), 'Social Sciences and Law: The Relevance of Economic Theories', Oxford Journal of Legal Studies, 1 (3), Winter, 391-405 -- Richard A. Posner (1985), 'Wealth Maximization Revisited', Notre Dame Journal of Law, Ethics and Public Policy, 2 (1), Fall, 85-105 -- William M. Landes (1971), 'An Economic Analysis of the Courts', Journal of Law and Economics, XTV (1), April, 61-107 -- Isaac Ehrlich and Richard A. Posner (1974), 'An Economic Analysis of Legal Rulemaking', Journal of Legal Studies, III. (1), January, 257-86 -- Paul H. Rubin (1977), 'Why is the Common Law Efficient?', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 51-63 -- George L. Priest (1977), 'The Common Law Process and the Selection of Efficient Rules', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (1), January, 65-82 -- George L. Priest and Benjamin Klein (1984), 'The Selection of Disputes for Litigation', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (1), January, 1-55 -- Robert D. Cooter and Daniel L. Rubinfeld (1989), 'Economic Analysis of Legal Disputes and Their Resolution', Journal of Economic Literature, XXVII, September, 1067-97 -- Richard A. Posner (1980), 'A Theory of Primitive Society, with Special Reference to Law', Journal of Law and Economics, XXIII (1), April, 1-53 -- Robert C. Ellickson (1994), 'The Aim of Order Without Law', Journal of Institutional and Theoretical Economics, 150 (1), March, 97-100 -- Robert D. Cooler (1994), 'Structural Adjudication and the New Law Merchant: A Model of Decentralized Law', International Review of Law and Economics, 14 (2), June, 215-31 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1979), 'Adjudication as a Private Good', Journal of Legal Studies, VIII (2), March, 235-84 -- F.A. Hayek (1973), 'Nomos: The Law of Liberty', Law, Legislation and Liberty, Volume I: Rules and Order, Chapter 5, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 94-123 + 168-73 [notes] -- R.H. Coase (1960), 'The Problem of Social Cost', Journal of Law and Economics, III, October, 1-44 -- Harold Demsetz (1972), 'When Does the Rule of Liability Matter?', Journal of Legal Studies, I (1), January, 13-28 -- Armen A. Alchian (1965), 'Some Economics of Property Rights', Il Politico, 30, 816-29.
    Abstract: Harold Demsetz (1967), 'Toward a Theory of Property Rights', American Economic Review, 57 (2), May, 347-59 -- Guido Calabresi and A. Douglas Melaraed (1972), 'Property Rules, Liability Rules, and Inalienability: One View of the Cathedral', Harvard Law Review, 85 (6), April, 1089-1128 -- George J. Stigler (1989), 'Two Notes on the Coase Theorem', Yale Law Journal, 99 (3), December, 631-3 -- Richard A. Epstein (1993), 'Holdouts, Externalities, and the Single Owner: One More Salute to Ronald Coase', Journal of Law and Economics, XXXVI, April, 553-86 -- Francesco Parisi (1995), 'Private Property and Social Costs', European Journal of Law and Economics, 2 (2), June, 149-73 -- John H. Barton (1972), 'The Economic Basis of Damages for Breach of Contract', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 277-304 -- Anthony T. Kronman (1978), 'Mistake, Disclosure, Information, and the Law of Contracts', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (1), January, 1-34 -- Alan Schwartz (1979), 'The Case for Specific Performance', Yale Law Journal, 89, December, 271-306 -- Charles J. Goetz and Robert E. Scott (1980), 'Enforcing Promises: An Examination of the Basis of Contract', Yale Law Journal, 89 (7), June, 1261-88 and 1321-2 -- Steven Shavell (1980), 'Damage Measures for Breach of Contract', Bell Journal of Economics, 11 (2), Autumn, 466-90 -- Timothy J. Muris (1981), 'Opportunistic Behavior and the Law of Contracts', Minnesota Law Review, LXV, 521-75 and 589-90 -- Ian Ayres and Robert Gertner (1989), 'Filling Gaps in Incomplete Contracts: An Economic Theory of Default Rules', Yale Law Journal, 99 (1), October, 87-130 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1981), 'The Positive Economic Theory of Tort Law', Georgia Law Review, 15 (4), Summer, 851-924 -- Steven Shavell (1980), 'Strict Liability Versus Negligence', Journal of Legal Studies, IX (1), January, 1-25 -- Steven Shavell (1984), 'Liability for Harm Versus Regulation of Safety', Journal of Legal Studies, XIII (2), June, 357-74 -- William Bishop (1983), 'The Contract-Tort Boundary and the Economics of Insurance', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), June, 241-66 -- Robert D. Cooler (1982), 'Economic Analysis of Punitive Damages', Southern California Law Review, 56, 79-101 -- Gary S. Becker (1968), 'Crime and Punishment: An Economic Approach', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 169-217 -- George J. Stigter (1970), 'The Optimum Enforcement of Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 78, 526-36.
    Abstract: Isaac Ehrlich (1972), 'The Deterrent Effect of Criminal Law Enforcement', Journal of Legal Studies, I (2), June, 259-76 -- Gary S. Becker and George J. Stigler (1974), 'Law Enforcement, Malfeasance, and Compensation of Enforcers', Journal of Legal Studies, III (1), January, 1-18 -- A. Mitchell Polinsky and Steven Shavell (1979), 'The Optimal Tradeoff between the Probability and Magnitude of Fines', American Economic Review, 69 (5), December, 880-91 -- Frank H. Easterbrook (1983), 'Criminal Procedure as a Market System', Journal of Legal Studies, XII (2), June, 289-332 -- Robert Cooter (1984), 'Prices and Sanctions', Columbia Law Review, 84 (6), October, 1523-60 -- Steven Shavell (1985), 'Criminal Law and the Optimal Use of Nonmonetary Sanctions as a Deterrent', Columbia Law Review, 85 (6), October, 1232-62 -- Elisabeth M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1978), 'The Economics of the Baby Shortage', Journal of Legal Studies, VII (2), June, 323-48 -- Lloyd Cohen (1987), 'Marriage, Divorce, and Quasi Rents; or, "I Gave Him the Best Years of My Life"', Journal of Legal Studies, XVI (2), June, 267-303 -- Margaret F. Brinig (1990), 'Rings and Promises', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 6 (1), Spring, 203-15 -- Henry G. Manne (1967), 'Our Two Corporation Systems: Law and Economies', Virginia Law Review, 53 (2), March, 259-84 -- Michael C. Jensen and William H. Meckling (1976), 'Theory of the Firm: Managerial Behavior, Agency Costs and Ownership Structure', Journal of Financial Economics, 3, 305-60 -- Oliver Williamson (1984), 'Corporate Governance', Yale Law Journal, 93 (7), June, 1197-1230 -- Roberta Romano (1985), 'Law as a Product: Some Pieces of the Incorporation Puzzle', Journal of Law, Economics and Organization, 1 (2), Fall, 225-83 -- Henry G. Manne (1965), 'Mergers and the Market for Corporate Control', Journal of Political Economy, LXXIII, 110-20 -- Frank H. Easterbrook and Daniel R. Ftschel (1982), 'Corporate Control Transactions', Yale Law Journal, 91 (4), March, 698-737 -- Ralph K. Winter, Jr (1977), 'State Law, Shareholder Protection, and the Theory of the Corporation', Journal of Legal Studies, VI (2), June, 251-92 -- Michelle J. White (1989), 'The Corporate Bankruptcy Decision', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 3 (2), Spring, 129-51 -- William M. Landes and Richard A. Posner (1975), 'The Independent Judiciary in an Interest-Group Perspective', Journal of Law and Economics, XVIII (3), December, 875-901 -- Richard A. Posner (1987), 'The Constitution as an Economic Document', George Washington Law Review, 56 (1), November, 4-38.
    Abstract: John A. Ferejohn and Barry R. Weingast (1992), 'A Positive Theory of Statutory Interpretation', International Review of Law and Economics, 12 (2), June, 263-79 -- Aaron Director (1964), 'The Parity of the Economic Market Place', Journal of Law and Economics, VII, October, 1-10 -- R.H. Coase (1974), 'The Market for Goods and the Market for Ideas', American Economic Review, 64 (2), May, 384-91 -- Fred S. McChesney (1988), 'A Positive Regulatory Theory of the First Amendment', Connecticut Law Review, 20 (2), Winter, 355-82 -- William M. Landes (1968), 'The Economics of Fair Employment Laws', Journal of Political Economy, 76, 507-52 -- Edmund S. Phelps (1972), 'The Statistical Theory of Racism and Sexism', American Economic Review, 62, 659-61 -- Richard A. Posner (1984), 'Some Economics of Labor Law', University of Chicago Law Review, 51 (4), Fall, 988-1011 -- Richard A. Epstein (1984), 'In Defense of the Contract at Will', University of Chicago Law Review, 51 (4), Fall, 947-82 -- John J. Donohue III (1989), 'Prohibiting Sex Discrimination in the Workplace: An Economic Perspective', University of Chicago Law Review, 56 (4), Fall, 1337-68.
    Abstract: Please note this updated and revised Research Review is only available online. The link to Buy Book in Print and Find This Book in Your Library is to a previous edition available in print. The previous print edition reprints the full text of many, though not all, of the Recommended Articles and complements the online edition.This Research Review presents an authoritative selection of the most important articles in law and economics literature, written by distinguished scholars such as Ronald Coase, Robert Cooter, Henry Manne, Steven Shavell and Oliver Williamson. The articles discussed cover the entire spectrum of private and public law
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    ISBN: 9781785363153
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Evolution of family business
    DDC: 338.6/1
    RVK:
    Keywords: Familienunternehmen ; Unternehmensgeschichte ; Lateinamerika ; Spanien ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I: Comparative analysis -- pt. II: Large national markets and large family groups (Mexico, Brazil, Argentina) -- pt. III: Business families and politics in small and medium sized markets (Colombia, Costa Rica, Honduras) -- pt. IV: Business families between dictatorship And democracy (Spain, Peru, Chile): from narrow regulated markets to the global market.
    Abstract: Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book. Family businesses are everywhere, but there is little information regarding their growth and development. This book is one of the few to analyses the identity and evolution of the largest family businesses in Latin America and Spain. With contributions from 20 scholars from 12 different countries, the book compares the relationship of families in business within their national economies, foreign capital, migration, and politics. The authors deny the existence of a 'Latin type' of family capitalism in their countries, and highlight diversity, and national and regional differences. This interdisciplinary book will be useful for students and scholars of economics, management, history, sociology, and anthropology. Politicians, family business consultants, family businesses, and international institutions will also benefit from insights within this book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    ISBN: 9781783476503
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 356 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capitalizing on creativity at work
    DDC: 658.3/14
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Personalmanagement ; Creative ability in business ; Organizational change ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. What can we do about it as individual employees? -- pt. II. What can we do about it as teams? -- pt. III. What can we do about it as leaders? -- pt. IV. What can we do about it as organizations? -- pt. V. What can we do about it as innovation policy-makers?
    Abstract: How does one implement highly creative ideas in the workplace? Though creativity fuels modern businesses and organizations, capitalizing on creativity is still a relatively unchartered territory. The crux of this issue is explored as contributors present and analyze remedies for capitalizing on highly creative ideas. Editors Miha Škerlavaj, Matej Cerne, Anders Dysvik and Arne Carlsen have gathered a large network of contributors across four continents to craft this relevant, evidence-based and holistic text. Multiple levels, methods, approaches and perspectives are all considered while focusing on a single research question. Chapters feature a combination of research-based materials, stories and short cases to show what can be done to implement highly creative ideas in the workplace. This extremely relevant subject will be of interest to a large number of organizations worldwide that are looking to tap into the potential of highly creative and possibly useful ideas to build their competitive advantage. Specifically, management consultants in Human Resource Management, innovation, creativity, coaching, and/or leadership will find this book useful. It can also be used in Innovation Management MSc and MBA courses, executive education courses, as well as for PhD researchers and innovation management scholars
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785366314
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Grand, Simon, 1968 - Routines, strategies and management
    DDC: 658.4012
    Keywords: Strategisches Management ; Strategic planning ; Management Methodology
    Abstract: 1. Researching routines as strategies - a strategy-as-practice view -- 2. Theorizing routine dynamics - a practice view -- 3. Managerial engagement - a practice view on strategic management -- 4. Managing routines as strategies - a case in haute couture textiles -- 5. Routinizing strategic management - a case in software engineering -- Conclusion -- References.
    Abstract: The dynamic interplay of routines, strategies and management allows companies to successfully move forward within their industries. This book contributes to a coherent conceptualization of strategy, organization and management from a practice perspective, identifying strategy as realized in the action. Simon Grand provides a theoretical framework and detailed exploration in the context of two attractive empirical cases. He discusses topics such as theorizing routine dynamics, managerial engagement and managing routines as strategies to provide a detailed exploration of the importance of organizational routines for strategy. This book will be of interest to researchers in the areas of organizational studies, strategic management, technological innovation and the creative industries. The empirical case studies will also be of use to students and scholars of various disciplines
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    ISBN: 9781783479849
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The McGill international entrepreneurship series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; International business enterprises ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Introduction / Hamid Etemad -- Part I: Examination of entrepreneurial orientation-performance relations -- 2. International entrepreneurship and performance: what are the important factors in markets with high cultural distance? / Elena Cedrola, Loretta Battaglia and Anna Grazia Quaranta -- 3. Risk-seeking behaviors in SMEs' internationalization / Noémie Dominguez -- 4. Psychological traits, experiences, foreign language knowledge of entrepreneurs, and re-internationalization strategies of SMEs: a theoretical analysis / Huu Le Nguyen and Sören Kock -- Part II: Collaborative inter-dependence -- 5. The dynamic development of international entrepreneurial networks / Vaiva Stanisauskaite and Sören Kock -- 6. The influence of the entrepreneur and the accelerator in the internationalization process of web-based firms / Diala Kabbara -- 7. Formal inter-firm cooperation and international expansion: how Italian SMEs are using the network contract / S. Aureli and M. Del Baldo -- 8. How are knowledge acquisition and SMEs' internationalization related? empirical evidence from Gruppo Germani / Mirella Migliaccio and Francesca Rivetti -- 9. Value chain activities in born global companies / Ingemar Wictor -- Part III: Institutional context -- 10. The creation and internationalization of border firms / Eva J.B. Jørgensen and Einar Rasmussen -- 11. Institutional entrepreneurship and the embedded roles of the leaders and state: an historical case study of Abu Dhabi / Jasem Almarri, Katariina Juusola and John Meewella -- 12. Concluding remarks, implications and lessons / Hamid Etemad.
    Abstract: The Changing Global Economy and its Impact on International Entrepreneurship addresses different changes and challenges that small and medium sized enterprises (SMEs) face in an economy where they need to compete at home and cannot refrain from participating in international markets. Contributors examine diverse SMEs that have succeeded in the face of adversity. They offer a combination of practical strategies and efficient tactics, grounded in solid theory and research, for firms in different competitive industries. This volume presents a collection of 12 carefully selected chapters that highlight challenging real-world cases to illustrate a variety of difficult problems. The editors present an analytical framework with three levels of analysis - entrepreneurial level, firm level, and institutional level - to document comprehensive, realistic and experientially-based entrepreneurial initiatives, potent firm and public policy strategies and informative and applicable results. The interactive structural design of this book offers progressively higher levels of analysis and incisive lessons, which make it perfect for academics interested in the rich range of theories, methodologies and topics surrounding SMEs' internationalization processes. Its analysis will also inform management and effective policy formulation for entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers
    Note: Contributors include: J. Almarri, S. Aureli, H. Etemad, M. Del Baldo, N. Dominguez, E.J.B. Jørgensen, K. Juusola, D. Kabbara, S. Kock, J. Meewella, H. Le Nguyen, M. Migliaccio, E. Rasmussen, F. Rivetti, V. Stanisauskaite, I. Wictor , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783472338
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Institutional case studies on necessity entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338.04091724
    Keywords: Kleinstunternehmen ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsförderung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Gründungsfinanzierung ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Foreword / Alejandro Poiré -- Introduction / Jeremi B. Brewer -- Part I -- Government funded programs -- 1. Supporting the transition from unemployment to self-employment: a comparative analysis of governmental support programs across Europe / Melvin Haas and Peter Vogel -- 2. From unemployment to self-employment: government support programs in greece / Argyro Nikiforou -- 3. Pete Suazo Business Center / Gladys Gonzalez, Robert Heyn and Jessica Pino -- 4. Bharatiya yuva shakti trust / Raj K. Shankar -- Part II -- Private / Non-Governmental Programs -- 5. Hanhua guarantee / Lingzhi Zhang and Spencer Brown -- 6. Prospera: a case for microenterprise among necessity entrepreneurs / Macarena Hernández, Gabriela Enrigue and Justin Oldroyd -- 7. The academy for creating enterprise / Jeremi Brewer and Stephen W. Gibson -- Part III -- Promising high-impact programs -- 8. Entrepreneurship finance lab / Asim Khwaja, Bailey Klinger and Colin Casey -- 9. Building a scalable training solution for necessity entrepreneurs in the missing middle / Jeff Brownlow -- 10. SEBRAE: serviço brasileiro de apoio às micro e pequenas empresas / Jeff Roberts and Nathalia Myrrha -- 11. Self-reliance through self-employment: an approach by the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints / Geoffrey K. Davis and Andrew Maxfield -- 12. Microfranchising: a solution to necessity entrepreneurship / Philip Webb and Jason Fairbourne -- The next step -- Conclusion.
    Abstract: An estimated one billion individuals in both developed and developing nations can be defined as necessity entrepreneurs; individuals who have no other viable option for licit income than to start a small, income generating activity. However, the emphasis on providing business and leadership training to necessity entrepreneurs is only just gaining traction. This book provides the first-known global analysis dedicated exclusively to organizations from both the public and private sectors that are specifically involved with microenterprise education for necessity entrepreneurs. This companion volume to Necessity Entrepreneurs puts at the forefront the few organizations engaged in training necessity entrepreneurs - highlighting the efforts currently being made by policymakers, non-profit founders, and for-profit institutions individually (and independently) to try and find ways to educate and empower necessity entrepreneurs. The authors provide a pragmatic synopsis and evaluate the efficacy of institutions involved in training entrepreneurs in developing nations all over the world. Featuring case studies from Harvard, BYU, and the largest organizations around the globe, this important work will be a vital read not only for scholars and researchers, but policymakers and NGO officials
    Note: Contributors include: J. Brewer, S. Brown, J. Brownlow, C. Casey, G. Davis, J.S. Demple, G. Enrigue, J. Fairbourne, S.W. Gibson, G. Gonzalez, M. Haas, M. Hernandez, R. Heyn, B. Klinger, A. Khwaja, A. Maxfield, N. Myrrha, A. Nikiforou, J. Oldroyd, J. Pino, J. Roberts, R. Shankar, P. Vogel, P. Webb, L. Zhang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    ISBN: 9781785367113
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Fast growing firms in a slow growth economy
    DDC: 338.6/420945
    Keywords: Unternehmenswachstum ; Hochtechnologie ; Innovation ; KMU ; Institutionelle Infrastruktur ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Steady-State-Ökonomie ; Italien ; Small business Case studies ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Klein- und Mittelbetrieb ; Unternehmensentwicklung ; Italien ; Klein- und Mittelbetrieb ; Unternehmensentwicklung ; Italien
    Abstract: Preface and acknowledgements -- 1. Introduction: innovation beyond national systems fragility: institutional bricolage for SMEs growth / D. Lauto G. Pittino and F. Visintin -- Part I the context -- 2. Entrepreneurship and technological clusters. the influence of contextual factors on the birth and growth of new businesses / T. Pucci and L. Zanni -- 3. Tie formation through venture concept development in emerging innovative start-ups / A. Comacchio, S. Bonesso and V. Finotto -- 4. Micro-context and institutional entrepreneurship: multiple case studies and innovative start-ups / D. Giacomini, C. Muzzi, S. Albertini -- Part II the actors -- 5. Innovative start-ups and growth factors / G. Antonelli, A. Berni and S. Consiglio -- 6. Family firms as the incubators of new ventures: a transgenerational perspective / M. Brumana, T. Minola, L. Cassia, D. Gamba and P. Pressiani -- 7. Evolution of university spinoffs' business model. / C.e. De Marco and A. Piccaluga -- 8. 'reassembling the social', in entrepreneurial innovation and academic entrepreneurship studies: the 'amphibious scientists' phenomenon / F. Crisci and P.a.m. Mazzurana -- Part III the strategy -- 9. Learning from critical internationalisation events. insights from two fast growing Italian SMEs / C. Dossena, A. Francesconi, G. Magnani, A. Onetti, A. Pisoni, M. Talaia and A. Zucchella -- 10. Spin-offs and social capital: contingent social networking towards growth / B. Masiello, F. Izzo, M. Pezzillo Iacono and M. Martinez -- 11. Business model evolution and the drivers of the growth of high-tech new ventures / A. Tracogna, G. Bortoluzzi and B. Balboni -- 12. Quasi-successful and quasi-failing academic spin-offs: the role of technological and commercial alliances / P. Gubitta, A. Tognazzo, D. Campagnolo and M. Gianecchini.
    Abstract: Europe needs more innovative companies that grow quickly and end up big. This book examines SME growth, innovation and success, to suggest that fast growing firms could offer a major contribution to the recovery of a European economy. The contributors examine 11 case studies from Italian firms, breaking the book up into three parts: context, actors and strategy. The topics discussed include entrepreneurship and technological clusters, innovative start-ups and growth factors, and family firms as the incubators of new ventures. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship and other related disciplines will find this book to be of interest. It will also be of use to practitioners in the field, working with and alongside SMEs
    Note: Contributors: S. Albertini, G. Antonelli, B. Balboni, A. Berni, S. Bonesso, G. Bortoluzzi, M. Brumana, D. Campagnolo, L. Cassia, A. Comacchio, S. Consiglio, F. Crisci, C.E. De Marco, C. Dossena, V. Finotto, A. Francesconi, D. Gamba, D. Giacomini, M. Gianecchini, P. Gubitta, M.P. Iacono, F. Izzo, G. Lauto, G. Magnani, M. Martine, B. Masiello, P.A.M. Mazzurana, T. Minola, C. Muzzi, A. Onetti, A. Piccaluga, A. Pisoni, D. Pittino, P. Pressiani, T. Pucci, M. Talaia, A. Tognazzo, A. Tracogna, F. Visintin, L. Zanni, A. Zucchella , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717025
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for management and organization studies
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Operations Research ; Management ; Organisationsforschung ; Wissenschaftstheorie ; Management Methodology ; Management ; Management Research ; Organization ; Organization Research ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Management
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. History of management - what is the future for research on the past? / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. In search of what accounting is not: speculations on the future of valuing, transparency and a new aesth-etics for governing capitalism and democracy / Paolo Quattrone -- 3. From marketing to "market-things" and "market-iting": accounting for technicized and digitalized consumption / Franck Cochoy, Jan Smolinski and Jean-Sébastien Vayre -- 4. Stepping on the toes of giants, or how to review the future of strategy research / Martin Kornberger -- 5. Humanistic management / Monika Kostera -- 6. Well trodden paths and roads less traveled: research directions for gender in management and organization / Yvonne Benschop -- 7. Making humans and nonhumans talk in diversity research / Andreas Diedrich -- 8. Organizational communication: a wish list for the next fifteen years / François Cooren -- 9. Digital work: a research agenda / Wanda J. Orlikowski and Susan V. Scott -- 10. Global and comparative studies of organization and management: moving from "sameness or difference" to "glocalization and orientation" / Gili S. Drori -- 11. Waste management: the other of production, distribution, and consumption / Hervé Corvellec -- 12. Art, aesthetics and organization / Timon Beyes -- 13. Popular culture and management / Carl Rhodes -- 14. Invisible organizations - a research agenda / Christopher Grey and Jana Costas -- 15. Towards an alternative business school: a school of organizing / Martin Parker.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Managing and organizing are now central phenomena in contemporary societies. It is essential that they are studied from a variety of perspectives, and with equal attention paid to their past, their present and their future. This book collects opinions of trailblazing scholars concerning the most important research topics, essential for study in the next 15-20 years. The opinions concern both traditional functions, such as accounting and marketing, personnel management and strategy, technology and communication, but also new challenges, such as diversity, equality, waste and cultural encounters. The collection is intended to be inspirational for young scholars and an invitation to a dialogue with practitioners. The book's contributions are written by well-established scholars. Each is a leader in their field and will remain important figures for the next 20 years and beyond. Each chapter starts with a short summary of the present situation but focuses on the future of the discipline. The contributors cover practically all subfields of what is called business administration, or management and organization studies, containing topics that are new, such as invisible organizations or encounters between art, popular culture and organizing. Outlining the future and the state of the art, this comprehensive and innovative book is an essential resource for students and academics seeking to be at the forefront of future research in management and organization studies
    Note: Contributors include: Y. Benschop, T. Beyes, F. Cochoy, F. Cooren, H. Corvellec, J. Costas, A. Diedrich, M.-L. Djelic, G.S. Drori, C. Grey, M. Kornberger, M. Kostera, W.J. Orlikowski, M. Parker, P. Quattrone, C. Rhodes, S.V. Scott, J. Smolinski, J.-S. Vayre , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9781784717919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Additional Information: Rezensiert in Gustafson, Andrew The Challenges of Capitalism for Virtue Ethics and the Common Good: Interdisciplinary Perspectives, edited by Kleio Akrivou and Alejo José G. Sison. Cheltanham: Edward Elgar, 2016. 328 pp. ISBN: 978-1784717902 2018
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The challenges of capitalism for virtue ethics and the common good
    DDC: 330.122
    RVK:
    Keywords: Kapitalismus ; Gemeinwohl ; Ethik ; Philosophie ; Geschichte ; Capitalism Moral and ethical aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kapitalismus ; Gemeinwohl ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: Introduction / Kleio Akrivou -- Part I the common good in history: virtue epistemology as knowledge foundation for the relationships between institutions, society and person(s) -- 1. The merchant and the common good: social paradigms and the state's influence in western history / Agustín González Enciso -- 2. The 'medieval', the common good and accounting / Alisdair Dobie -- 3. The civilization of commerce in the middle ages / Mark Hanssen -- 4. Virtuous banking: the role of the community in monitoring English joint-stock banks and their managements in the nineteenth century / Victoria Barnes and Lucy Newton -- 5. Disposed toward self-restraint: the London clearing banks, 1946-71 / Linda Arch -- Part II Aristotelian virtue, the common good and current relevance for capitalism, institutions and persons' agency -- 6. Revisiting the common good of the firm / Alejo José G. Sison -- 7. Integrated habitus for the common good of the firm - a radically humanistic conception of organizational habitus with systemic human integrity orientation / Kleio Akrivou, Oluyemisi Bolade-Ogunfodun and Adeyinka Adewale -- 8. Corporate agency, character, purpose and the common good / Geoff Moore -- 9. Individual and organizational virtues / Ron Beadle -- 10. Corporations, politics and the common good / Brian M. McCall -- 11. Two kinds of human integrity: towards the ethics of the inter-processual self / Kleio Akrivou and José Víctor Orón -- 12. Prudence as part of a worldview: historical and conceptual dimensions / Germán R. Scalzo and Helen Alford -- 13. Non-Western virtue ethics, commerce and the common good / Daryl Koehn -- 14. Reflections on the concept of the common good from an economic perspective / Mark Casson.
    Abstract: The evolution of modern capitalist society is increasingly being marked by an undeniable and consistent tension between pure economic and ethical ways of valuing and acting. This book is a collaborative and cross-disciplinary contribution that challenges the assumptions of capitalist business and society. It ultimately reflects on how to restore benevolence, collaboration, wisdom and various forms of virtuous deliberation amongst all those who take part in the common good, drawing inspiration from European history and continental philosophical traditions on virtue. Editors Kleio Akrivou and Alejo José G. Sison unite well-known academics who examine new ways of understanding the relations between social classes, organizations, groups and the role of actors-persons. They propose ways to restore virtue in our economy-society-person relations with the purpose of overcoming the current challenges of capitalism which more often than not sacrifice happiness and broader, sustained prosperity for the achievement of short-term efficiency. This book also explores a moral psychology that underpins normative virtue ethics theory, and seeks a deeper understanding on how the concept of prudence and the distinct forms of rational excellence have evolved since Aristotle and the co-evolution of Western-Aristotelian and Eastern virtue ethics traditions. This interdisciplinary book will be of interest to business ethics scholars, organizational behaviour academics, organizational sociologists, qualitative research scholars and economic historians. Policy-makers who are interested in improving collaborative frameworks and cross-institutional collaboration policies will also find value in this book
    Note: Contributors include: A. Adewale, K. Akrivou, H. Alford, L. Arch, V. Barnes, R. Beadle, O. Bolade-Ogunfodun, M. Casson, A. Dobie, A. González Enciso, D. Koehn, M. Hanssen, B.M. McCall, G. Moore, L. Newton, J.V. Orón, G.R. Scalzo, A.J.G. Sison , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9781783479382
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Community development ; Cultural pluralism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: 1. Co-creation and the city -- Part I: the planners' view -- 2. The planning process -- 3. The 'cultural turn' in urban design -- Part II: the view from the action nets -- 4. The organizer's view: exploring emergent project action nets -- 5. The insider-participant view: common dualities on urban design and program organization -- 6. The public view: analysis of the narratives in the local press -- 7. Building a milieu for city marketing and branding -- The vignette collection -- Part III: the achievement -- 8. Comparisons with other European capitals of culture -- 9. Co-creating cities: future challenges.
    Abstract: Over the past three decades, the European Capital of Culture has grown into one of the most ambitious cultural programs in the world. Through the promotion of cultural diversity across the continent, the program fosters mutual understanding and intercultural dialogue among citizens, thereby increasing their sense of belonging to a community. This insightful book outlines potential avenues through which culture and creativity can raise the imaginative capability of citizens and harness opportunities tied to what the book calls 'culture-driven growth'. Building on three years of observations, interviews and research the authors argue that a 'strategy-as-practice' perspective can reveal how strategy making is enabled or constrained by organizational and social practices. The authors reveal how the 'sweet-spot' of city regeneration occurs where urban and cultural planning are aligned. They then evaluate the practice of 'co-creation' within organizing bodies and investigate the extent to which its success depends on a fusion of top-down rules and bottom-up action. Urban Strategies for Culture-Driven Growth will appeal to international scholars and students in organization studies, geography, city governance and planning, urban design and urban and regional development. Policymakers and planners will also find it to be a valuable resource
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783471720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks in venture capital
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on business angels
    RVK:
    Keywords: Business Angels ; Risikokapital ; Welt ; Angels (Investors) ; Electronic books ; Finanzierung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Business Angel
    Abstract: 1. Business angels as a research field / Hans Landström and Colin Mason -- 2. Researching business angels: definitional and data challenges / Colin Mason -- 3. The economic significance of business angels: towards comparable indicators / Sofia Avdeitchikova and Hans Landström -- 4. Categorisations of business angels: an overview / Roger Sørheim and Tiago Botelho -- 5. Women business angels: theory and practice / Frances M. Amatucci -- 6. Investment decision making by business angels / Andrew Maxwell -- 7. Business angels as smart investors: a systematic review of the evidence / Diamanto Politis -- 8. Angel-entrepreneur relationships: demytisfying their conflicts / Veroniek Collewaert -- 9. Business angels in China: characteristics, policies and international comparison / Jiani Wang, Yi Tan and Manhong Liu -- 10. Business angels in emerging economies: Southeast Asia / William Scheela -- 11. Business angels in Sub-saharan Africa / David Lingelbach -- 12. Business angels in developing economies: the experience of Latin America / Gianni Romani and Miguel Atienza -- 13. The effectiveness of tax incentives for business angels / Cécile Carpentier and Jean-Marc Suret -- 14. Business angel networks: a review and assessment of their value to entrepreneurship / Tom Lahti and Henrik Keinonen -- 15. Crowdinvesting - angel investing for the masses? / Lars Hornuf and Armin Schwienbacher.
    Abstract: Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes. Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions
    Note: Contributors include: F.M. Amatucci, M. Atienza, S. Avdeitchikova, T. Botelho, C. Carpentier, V. Collewaert, L. Hornuf, H. Keinonen, T. Lahti, H. Landström, D. Lingelbach, M. Liu, C. Mason, A. Maxwell, D. Politis, G. Romani, W. Scheela, A. Schwienbacher, J.-M. Suret, R. Sørheim, Y. Tan, J. Wang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    ISBN: 9781784719692
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (360 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of international and comparative perspectives on diversity management
    RVK:
    Keywords: Diversity Management ; Vergleich ; Welt ; Diversity in the workplace ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: Introduction: international and comparative perspectives on diversity management: an overview -- 1. Social dialogue - an 'essential dimension' of diversity management in continental Europe? / Emma Stringfellow -- 2. Diversity management in Denmark and in France: a comparative approach / Sabine Bacouel-Jentjens and Liza Castro Christiansen -- 3. An intersectional approach to diversity management in the United States and France / Tarani Merriweather Woodson and Ariane Ollier-Malaterre -- 4. Brazil, South African and USA work environments: a comparative analysis of equal opportunity, diversity management and inclusion practices / Lize Booysen, Gwendolyn Combs and Waheeda Lillevik -- 5. A comparative review of multiculturalism in Australia, Canada, United Kingdom, United States, and South Africa / Isabel Metz, Eddy Ng, Nelarine Cornelius, Jenny M. Hoobler and Stella Nkomo -- 6. A comparison of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer rights and politics in South Africa and the USA / Lize Booysen and Heather Wishik -- 7. What does being LGBT mean in the workplace? a comparison of LGBT equality in Turkey and the UK / Emir Ozeren and Erhan Aydin -- 8. Managing diversity in the South Pacific / Katherine Ravenswood, Stéphane Le Queux, Erica French, Glenda Strachan and John Burgess -- 9. A comparative analysis of youth labor market exclusion / Paula Apascaritei, Lourdes Susaeta, Esperanza Suarez Ruz, Isis Gutiérrez-Martínez, Sandra Idrovo Carlier and José Ramón Pin Arboledas -- 10. A comparative study of five countries with critical mass and its ambiguous impact on HRM policies / Terry A. Nelson, Kori Callison and Allison Thomas -- 11. Tribal diversity and collective productivity: the intervening mechanisms of social inclusion, human resource development and tribal identity / David B. Zoogah.
    Abstract: This Research Handbook offers, for the first time, a comparative approach to current diversity management concerns facing nations. Spanning 19 countries and across Africa, it covers age, gender, ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation, national origin and the intersection of various dimensions of diversity. The multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors, leading scholars in their own countries, examine how the various actors react, adopt and manage the different dimensions of diversity, from a multitude of approaches, from national to sectoral and from tribes to trade unions, but always with a comparative, multi-country perspective. This book represents the efforts of multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors who are prominent diversity scholars in their respective countries. Offering comparative approaches to diversity management and comparative public policy on multiculturalism, it explores comparisons at both the macro-environmental and meso-organizational levels. Topics covered include pan-African tribal diversity management, diversity in the South Pacific, youth labour market exclusion and LGBTQ rights in selected countries. This comprehensive review of diversity management will appeal to both academics and graduate students as well as to public policy-makers, industry practitioners, top leadership, middle managers and HR managers
    Note: Contributors include: P. Apascaritei, E. Aydin, S. Bacouel-Jentjens, L. Booysen, J. Burgess, K. Callison, S.I. Carlier, L. Castro Christiansen, G. Combs, N. Cornelius, E. French, I. Gutiérrez-Martínez, J.M. Hoobler, S. Le Queux, W. Lillevik, T. Merriweather Woodson, I. Metz, T.A. Nelson, E. Ng, S. Nkomo, A. Ollier-Malaterre, E. Ozeren, J. Ramón Pin Arboledas, K. Ravenswood, G. Strachan, E. Stringfellow, E. Suarez Ruz, L. Susaeta, A. Thomas, H. Wishik, D.B. Zoogah , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710880
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Rural tourism ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Marketing rural tourism: experience and enterprise -- 2. Re-imagining rurality -- 3. The politics of place marketing -- 4. Rural firms -- 5. Tourists in rural settings -- 6. Rural residents and tourism -- 7. Evaluating the future.
    Abstract: Rural tourism marketing is a subject that remains significantly under-researched. Gunjan Saxena seeks to encourage a fuller understanding of rural tourism marketing by uncovering the lived experiences and enterprise of different actor groups as they respond to the impact of tourism on their communities and cultural identities. Marketing Rural Tourism presents actor narratives to reveal nuances inherent in their practices and perceptions as they develop, support or oppose tourism in their locality. By focusing on actors' experience and enterprise involved in the ongoing production, consumption and marketing of rural landscapes for tourism, this book enables an insight into varied storylines that underlie the processes of place-making. Academics in the area of marketing and tourism, as well as development studies, will appreciate the contribution this book will make to the wider marketing discourse that circulates about rural destinations. The book will also be a valuable resource to undergraduate students looking to incorporate fresh conceptual insights into their projects, as well as postgraduate students looking to apply newer approaches to conceptualising tourism or place marketing
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783474806
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on corporate social responsibility in context
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Definition ; Entwicklung ; Branche ; Religion ; Welt ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Social Responsibility
    Abstract: Preface -- Part I. background and introduction -- 1. Introduction: establishing the art of contextualizing CSR as a research area / Anders Örtenblad -- 2. Corporate social responsibility as concept and activity: an overview / Serra Görpe and Burcu Öksüz -- 3. The importance of context in understanding CSR / D. Kirk Davidson -- 4. The social context in CSR research: a contextualist approach with critical applications / Andromachi Athanasopoulou and John W. Selsky -- Part II. corporate social responsibility in context -- Section A religion/level of economic development/continent -- 5. Islamic and Buddhist perspectives of corporate social responsibility / Patsy Perry and Aini Ahmad -- 6. CSR in developed versus developing countries: a comparative glimpse / Dima Jamali and Charlotte Karam -- 7. Does diffusion cover differentiation? looking into corporate social responsibility in Asia / Patrick Reinmoeller -- Section B industry -- 8. Corporate social responsibility in food processing industry / George Michael Hall -- 9. Corporate social responsibility in shipping industry / Maria Lekakou, Ioannis Theotokas and Evangelia Stefanidaki -- 10. Corporate social responsibility in the pharmaceutical industry / Wen Li Chan, Jeremy Eng Tuck Cheah and Luiz Montanheiro -- Section C mixed contexts -- 11. Corporate social responsibility in the ready made garments industry in Bangladesh / Fara Azmat and Mohammed Ziaul Haque -- 12. Corporate social responsibility in the Greek shipping business / Irene Fafaliou and Tina Aroni -- 13. Corporate social responsibility in the Turkish pharmaceutical industry / Serra Görpe and Burcu Öksüz -- Section D specific situation -- 14. The relevance of CSR in the case of insurance firm and motorcycle gang in Norway / Petter Gottschalk -- 15. Fraud examiners in white-collar crime investigations / Petter Gottschalk -- Part III. comments and reflections -- 16. Reflections on the universality and philosophical foundations of the 'corporate social responsibility' definition / Jared M. Hansen -- 17. A comment on the use of the seven aspects of CSR / Jochen Weikert -- 18. Stages of corporate social responsibility / Petter Gottschalk -- 19. The future of CSR: towards transformative CSR, or CSR 2.0 / Wayne Visser -- 20. Against CSR: the meaning and meaninglessness of CSR in China / Shih-Wei Hsu -- 21. Conclusions, a contingency model of CSR and recommendations for further research / Anders Örtenblad.
    Abstract: Is corporate social responsibility (CSR) a universal idea? Is the same exact definition of CSR relevant for any organization, regardless of context? Or would such a definition need to be adapted to fit different types of organizations, in different cultures, industries and sectors? This book discusses how CSR should preferably be practiced. The expert authors share their knowledge on whether a broad definition of CSR can be practiced as is or if it first has to undergo changes to suit the context. The leading group of contributors argues that anyone wishing to adopt the CSR idea in their organization needs to take the context into account and, thus, find a version of CSR that fits the specific industry, sector, national culture, religion and so on, in which the organization exists. The book discusses the universality of CSR and includes a comparison of the relevance of a broad, general definition of CSR for organizations in contexts such as Buddhism and Islam, developing countries and the food processing, shipping and pharmaceutical industries. Guidelines for conducting studies on the examination of the relevance of CSR for organizations in any particular generalized context are also provided. Academics, students and practitioners involved in the fresh field of CSR will find this an essential resource
    Note: Contributors include: A. Ahmad, T. Aroni, A. Athanasopoulou, F. Azmat, W.L. Chan, J.E.-T. Cheah, D.K. Davidson, I. Fafaliou, S. Görpe, P. Gottschalk, G.M. Hall, J.M. Hansen, M. Z. Haque, S.-w. Hsu, D. Jamali, C. Karam, M. Lekakou, L. Montanheiro, B. Öksüz, A. Örtenblad, P. Perry, P. Reinmoeller, J.W. Selsky, E. Stefanidaki, I. Theotokas, W. Visser, J. Weikert , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368738
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intrapreneurship ; Dynamische Kompetenzen ; Risikokapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Introduction / Shaker A. Zahra, Donald O. Neubaum and James C. Hayton -- Part I corporate entrepreneurship and internal venturing -- 1. Internal corporate venturing: a review of (almost) five decades of literature / Susan A. Hill and Stylianos Georgoulas -- 2. Who is the corporate entrepreneur? insights from opportunity discovery and creation theory / Henri Burgers and Vareska van De Vrande -- 3. A dynamic human capital perspective on corporate opportunity identification / Mathew Hughes, Deniz Ucbasaran and Miranda Lewis -- Part II corporate entrepreneurship and organizational capability -- 4. Towards a relational view of corporate entrepreneurship / Zeki Simsek and Ciaran Heavey -- 5. Institutionalizing corporate entrepreneurship as the firm's innovation function: reflections from a longitudinal research program / Gina Colarelli O'Connor -- 6. Strategic renewal and firm performance: implication of incremental versus radical change after environmental upheavals / Elton L. Scifres, James J. Chrisman and Esra Memili -- Part III corporate venture capital and external venturing -- 7. Corporate venture capital: important themes and future directions / Sandip Basu, Anu Wadhwa and Suresh Kotha -- 8. InnoVen and the Monsanto paradox: strategic exploration with the first external corporate venture capital fund / Mariann Jelinek and Diana Day -- 9. Explorative and exploitative learning from corporate venture capital: a model of program level determinants / Thomas Keil, Shaker A. Zahra and Markku Maula -- 10. What inventions do corporate entrepreneurship programs access? corporate venture capital investment in complementary and substituting ventures / Gary Dushnitsky and Miles Shaver.
    Abstract: Corporate entrepreneurship is about remaking organizations; it affects organizational cultures and systems which, in turn, influence the magnitude, direction and content of corporate entrepreneurship activities. This Handbook hopes to synthesize what we know and clarify what we need to know about key issues such as strategic renewal, innovation and venturing activities within established companies, giving direction to future research. This Handbook combines conceptual and empirical contributions covering a wide gamut of theories and perspectives that include: opportunity discovery vs. creation, the behavioral theory of the firm, learning, human capital, agency, and dynamic capabilities. The chapters uncover who the corporate entrepreneur is, how corporate entrepreneurs vary from their independent counterparts, how corporate entrepreneurship influences organizational performance, and the effect of incremental versus radical strategic renewal undertaken within corporate entrepreneurship on financial performance. They also investigate what an organization learns from corporate entrepreneurship, as well as the types of innovation that companies gain through corporate venturing capital investments. The diversity of authors, perspectives and foci of the chapters highlight the growing depth and breadth of the worldwide research on corporate entrepreneurship and the growing maturity of this research. This book will appeal to scholars and students of entrepreneurship and/or strategic management, as well as managers of established firms
    Note: Contributors include: S. Basu, H. Burgers, J.J. Chrisman, D. Day, G. Dushnitsky, S. Georgoulas, J. Hayton, C. Heavey, S.A. Hill, M. Hughes, M. Jelinek, T. Keil, S. Kotha, M. Lewis, M. Maula, E. Memili, D.O. Neubaum, G.C. O'Connor, E.L. Scifres, M. Shaver, Z. Simsek, D. Ucbasaran, V. Van De Vrande, A. Wadhwa, S.A. Zahra , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785360831
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Income distribution ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings may be found on Edward Elgar's website; they are too numerous to include here.
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781783477388
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 502 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the economics of retailing and distribution
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Handelsmanagement ; Vertrieb ; Retail trade Handbooks, manuals, etc Economic aspects ; Physical distribution of goods Handbooks, manuals, etc Economic aspects ; Agricultural economics ; Development economics ; Economics ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Einzelhandel ; Vertrieb ; Strukturwandel
    Abstract: pt. I. Development -- pt. II. Vertical organization -- pt. III. Horizontal organization and competition -- pt. IV. Sectors -- pt. V. Addendum.
    Abstract: This Handbook explores and critically examines current research in economics and marketing science on key issues in retailing and distribution. Providing a rich perspective for the discussion of public policy, contributions from several disciplines and continents range from the history of chains and the impact of multinational retailers on international trade patterns to US merger policy in the retail context, the rise of the Internet, and consumer-to-consumer sales. The chapters address methodological issues such as the structural estimation of entry games between retailers, productivity measurement when both inputs and output are not fully observable, and demand estimation with variable assortment. Policy issues explored include mergers, zoning, and the regulation of buyer power, while other chapters address some of the recent exciting developments in technology, retail formats, and data availability. The book goes on to study the changes in online retailing and 'big data', and to examine competition in specific retail sectors including gasoline stations, automobile dealerships, supermarkets, and 'big box' retail. This state-of-the-art Handbook is an essential reference for students and academics of economics and marketing science, and offers an outsider's perspective to specialists in operations research, data analytics, geography, and sociology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784711542
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hsu, Sara Economic reform in Asia
    DDC: 338.95
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsreform ; Entwicklung ; Vergleich ; China ; Indien ; Japan ; Economic development ; Economic development ; Economic development ; Electronic books ; Japan ; China ; Indien ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Vergleich
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to development in China, India and Japan -- 2. Development theory -- 3. An Asian leader : Japan's development trajectory -- 4. The waking giant : China's development trajectory -- 5. Gradual growth : India's development trajectory -- 6. Poverty and inequality in China, India and Japan -- 7. urbanization and migration -- 8. Demographics, education, health and labor -- 9. The impact of development on the environment -- 10. Trade in China, India and Japan -- 11. Economic future of China, India and Japan.
    Abstract: Economic Reform in Asia c ...
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...